Commit Graph

1418 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Masashi Honma
335d534938 nl80211: Use signed function for a signed variable
The rssi_threshold is defined as s32.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-16 10:54:41 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ea90e0dc8c nl80211: fix dumpit error path RTNL deadlocks
Sowmini pointed out Dmitry's RTNL deadlock report to me, and it turns out
to be perfectly accurate - there are various error paths that miss unlock
of the RTNL.

To fix those, change the locking a bit to not be conditional in all those
nl80211_prepare_*_dump() functions, but make those require the RTNL to
start with, and fix the buggy error paths. This also let me use sparse
(by appropriately overriding the rtnl_lock/rtnl_unlock functions) to
validate the changes.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-16 10:30:03 +01:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
34373d12f3 cfg80211: Disallow moving out of operating DFS channel in non-ETSI
For non-ETSI regulatory domain, CAC result on DFS channel
may not be valid once moving out of that channel (as done
during remain-on-channel, scannning and off-channel tx).
Running CAC on an operating DFS channel after every off-channel
operation will only add complexity and disturb the current
link. Better do not allow any off-channel switch from a DFS
operating channel in non-ETSI domain.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-06 13:54:19 +01:00
Andrew Zaborowski
4a4b816950 cfg80211: Accept multiple RSSI thresholds for CQM
Change the SET CQM command's RSSI threshold attribute to accept any
number of thresholds as a sorted array.  The API should be backwards
compatible so that if one s32 threshold value is passed, the old
mechanism is enabled.  The netlink event generated is the same in both
cases.

cfg80211 handles an arbitrary number of RSSI thresholds but drivers have
to provide a method (set_cqm_rssi_range_config) that configures a range
set by a high and a low value.  Drivers have to call back when the RSSI
goes out of that range and there's no additional event for each time the
range is reconfigured as there was with the current one-threshold API.

This method doesn't have a hysteresis parameter because there's no
benefit to the cfg80211 code from having the hysteresis be handled by
hardware/driver in terms of the number of wakeups.  At the same time
it would likely be less consistent between drivers if offloaded or
done in the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-06 09:21:38 +01:00
David S. Miller
0d2164af26 Some more updates:
* use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
  * some documentation fixes
  * pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
  * remove unused rfkill-regulator
  * various other cleanups
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJYnHuZAAoJEGt7eEactAAdorYP/iIfEZjLblLZNui+93OHpmsq
 QgXeQ9Vl/Xgq8g6vEb6jpHE6pvT/xoW/jt0s5rpYpPDzP7WRgkFQI144Jflx9gE+
 7KRHYc7k9XqugbFGFakjT+DyduxrGkEhZ7Vpd39D+zlPaf+p/31Jk6C4MNwk2oG3
 AA7ARUJfOKGpct3+l+cpnWQPUYQQKrSnjnMIwHL3Tu5pvGPDapdDWXbfn6T75Aof
 3oVQSNtbEtdzW/Ty+HgDn/boOCRXzXlOCxFlE7OiH2AXfe2mqGU/hkcm/wZ0QxOf
 9m3CxVjKH10tY6nsjDiXTOzFn+Zkzuum9/gcKtsgx+6BZ4qod2XuhtzmTeXggI8F
 b7nGeadSfSS6/unUu5Fibdn+X4Cw8+Yu5Qyiwo+jLL6yyTLUg6aKN6N9HWddhBfa
 pIjWAZVA1iB2m2XqUqRB/asEhslndSSfDmZK8nruYJSZWtQBNkNUdHXqqbqbBSHv
 KtKbHMOKoLU4zKmV2vMWGy0qypZCxtZkNF6GURhMh2m89qBcIAApFwQMzK09MwmP
 d5TcMwfi8YcKRb1Gw6n7gnJsC8e+tFDGXMi9w6z0FDGZvMbOlnO3ctSd/BY3B01H
 DWimkX8Ev3kt6KKTgbJ/n0lR/vEmDGdKo2ahH1uHOTPudrjpOHUg0cdDzS/VPZqi
 Qw4+FbVArISNrI2skTrA
 =sqkq
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-02-09' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Some more updates:
 * use shash in mac80211 crypto code where applicable
 * some documentation fixes
 * pass RSSI levels up in change notifications
 * remove unused rfkill-regulator
 * various other cleanups
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-10 14:31:51 -05:00
Luca Coelho
8585989d14 cfg80211: fix NAN bands definition
The nl80211_nan_dual_band_conf enumeration doesn't make much sense.
The default value is assigned to a bit, which makes it weird if the
default bit and other bits are set at the same time.

To improve this, get rid of NL80211_NAN_BAND_DEFAULT and add a wiphy
configuration to let the drivers define which bands are supported.
This is exposed to the userspace, which then can make a decision on
which band(s) to use.  Additionally, rename all "dual_band" elements
to "bands", to make things clearer.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-09 15:17:30 +01:00
Andrzej Zaborowski
bee427b862 cfg80211: Pass new RSSI level in CQM RSSI notification
Update the drivers to pass the RSSI level as a cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify
parameter and pass this value to userspace in a new nl80211 attribute.
This helps both userspace and also helps in the implementation of the
multiple RSSI thresholds CQM mechanism.

Note for marvell/mwifiex I pass 0 for the RSSI value because the new
RSSI value is not available to the driver at the time of the
cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify call, but the driver queries the new value
immediately after that, so it is actually available just a moment later
if we wanted to defer caling cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify until that moment.
Without this, the new cfg80211 code (patch 3) will call .get_station
which will send a duplicate HostCmd_CMD_RSSI_INFO command to the hardware.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:43:40 +01:00
Arend Van Spriel
aad1e812ee nl80211: fix validation of scheduled scan info for wowlan netdetect
For wowlan netdetect a separate limit is defined for the number of
matchsets. Currently, this limit is ignored and the regular limit
for scheduled scan matchsets, ie. struct wiphy::max_match_sets, is
used for the net-detect case as well.

Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <hante.meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieter-paul.giesberts@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky Lin <franky.lin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:09:23 +01:00
Johannes Berg
66cd794e3c nl80211: add HT/VHT capabilities to AP parameters
For the benefit of drivers that rebuild IEs in firmware, parse the
IEs for HT/VHT capabilities and the respective membership selector
in the (extended) supported rates. This avoids duplicating the same
code into all drivers that need this information.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:06:24 +01:00
Luca Coelho
a4956dca07 cfg80211: make rdev assignment clearer in nl80211_testmode_dump()
Avoid assigning rdev to NULL when we already have it and getting it
again from the wiphy index, by moving this code to relevant if block.

Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-08 10:05:44 +01:00
David S. Miller
3efa70d78f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
The conflict was an interaction between a bug fix in the
netvsc driver in 'net' and an optimization of the RX path
in 'net-next'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-07 16:29:30 -05:00
Masashi Honma
fd551bac47 nl80211: Fix mesh HT operation check
A previous change to fix checks for NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE
missed setting the flag when replacing FILL_IN_MESH_PARAM_IF_SET
with checking codes. This results in dropping the received HT
operation value when called by nl80211_update_mesh_config(). Fix
this by setting the flag properly.

Fixes: 9757235f45 ("nl80211: correct checks for NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE value")
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit message to use Fixes: line]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-02-06 07:59:07 +01:00
David S. Miller
580bdf5650 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2017-01-17 15:19:37 -05:00
David S. Miller
bb60b8b35a For 4.11, we seem to have more than in the past few releases:
* socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
    manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
    torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
    operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
  * minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
  * set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
    kernel, which was already available to userspace
  * don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
    room to add them
  * multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
    (since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
    magnitude)
  * add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
  * add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
    MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
  * many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJYeKu7AAoJEGt7eEactAAdwjEP/RA4bXFMfkC7qUJ++cLrMMwY
 yCvjb8+ULWL2wbCzpfY37acbGJgot3DNoQJzrO2jMQPqyM9nRlTMg5aF49cI7t62
 gU6daNKJaGBe/0yeG7lTJ4n5UtVCDtN45hGc06Yert+ewb9njiJf+XYrtCWetsIJ
 5bOLYQKPWOz/7UyMH7uJ25zrPFaiA3y7XnXKPEudagG/EwEq9ZuUpSSfLwEAEBPi
 6i/2w4fLj32vXRsQMvQT0sU6mjd+1ub8Is7w5l2F06iWwNYPzdSM0IbU+E+ie2tk
 sE6RA70c4ILrp8KisTAz2lJPa4XEpFkLhI3lzRRy8CVzjyyo/OJen92zvr2R7TVb
 /uZG9qfRQ3UitQmgeKd+wS8PsbRAyWUR/xhNxD2r7zARH2vliwyneU+zEpXLeGA1
 Y4PrN1+Fk45Ye4/4XSbPO4cf1MHX7qinN4rjrpsJKPwoYD/gQ1cZvef4AbaKPvq6
 oCKRVrwNoUuSB8NTcMLPqze3WCfhnJyVUhCZTyzHeW4uG81qrHwrvBvM25vcWGcm
 CcSWFktFIpuGML4FCU3byZfb0NkmJtpCD4n7P98WFPGjvsWIEVCMckqlC8x1F7B7
 BqqjGS2mGA17Xy0uLfmN/JempesQJnZhnAnFERdyX1S1YQuKhLwEu7OsYegnStDL
 Cn1wFw2/qcgeTkJfBICB
 =UToW
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2017-01-13' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
For 4.11, we seem to have more than in the past few releases:
 * socket owner support for connections, so when the wifi
   manager (e.g. wpa_supplicant) is killed, connections are
   torn down - wpa_supplicant is critical to managing certain
   operations, and can opt in to this where applicable
 * minstrel & minstrel_ht updates to be more efficient (time and space)
 * set wifi_acked/wifi_acked_valid for skb->destructor use in the
   kernel, which was already available to userspace
 * don't indicate new mesh peers that might be used if there's no
   room to add them
 * multicast-to-unicast support in mac80211, for better medium usage
   (since unicast frames can use *much* higher rates, by ~3 orders of
   magnitude)
 * add API to read channel (frequency) limitations from DT
 * add infrastructure to allow randomizing public action frames for
   MAC address privacy (still requires driver support)
 * many cleanups and small improvements/fixes across the board
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-14 12:02:15 -05:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
3093ebbeab cfg80211: Specify the reason for connect timeout
This enhances the connect timeout API to also carry the reason for the
timeout. These reason codes for the connect time out are represented by
enum nl80211_timeout_reason and are passed to user space through a new
attribute NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON (u32).

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[keep gfp_t argument last]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-13 09:46:18 +01:00
vamsi krishna
bf95ecdba9 cfg80211: Add support to sched scan to report better BSSs
Enhance sched scan to support option of finding a better BSS while in
connected state. Firmware scans the medium and reports when it finds a
known BSS which has better RSSI than the current connected BSS. New
attributes to specify the relative RSSI (compared to the current BSS)
are added to the sched scan to implement this.

Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-13 09:40:41 +01:00
Beni Lev
06f7c88c10 cfg80211: consider VHT opmode on station update
Currently, this attribute is only fetched on station addition, but
not on station change. Since this info is only present in the assoc
request, with full station state support in the driver it cannot be
present when the station is added.

Thus, add support for changing the VHT opmode on station update if
done before (or while) the station is marked as associated. After
this, ignore it, since it used to be ignored.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-11 16:34:25 +01:00
Andrzej Zaborowski
bd2522b168 cfg80211: NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER support for CMD_CONNECT
Disconnect or deauthenticate when the owning socket is closed if this
flag is supplied to CMD_CONNECT or CMD_ASSOCIATE.  This may be used
to ensure userspace daemon doesn't leave an unmanaged connection behind.

In some situations it would be possible to account for that, to some
degree, in the deamon restart code or in the up/down scripts without
the use of this attribute.  But there will be systems where the daemon
can go away for varying periods without a warning due to local resource
management.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Zaborowski <andrew.zaborowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-09 13:08:47 +01:00
Johannes Berg
4ef8c1c93f cfg80211: size various nl80211 messages correctly
Ilan reported that sometimes nl80211 messages weren't working if
the frames being transported got very large, which was really a
problem for userspace-to-kernel messages, but prompted me to look
at the code.

Upon review, I found various places where variable-length data is
transported in an nl80211 message but the message isn't allocated
taking that into account. This shouldn't cause any problems since
the frames aren't really that long, apart in one place where two
(possibly very long frames) might not fit.

Fix all the places (that I found) that get variable length data
from the driver and put it into a message to take the length of
the variable data into account. The 100 there is just a safe
constant for the remaining message overhead (it's usually around
50 for most messages.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-09 13:08:21 +01:00
Johannes Berg
753aacfd2e nl80211: fix sched scan netlink socket owner destruction
A single netlink socket might own multiple interfaces *and* a
scheduled scan request (which might belong to another interface),
so when it goes away both may need to be destroyed.

Remove the schedule_scan_stop indirection to fix this - it's only
needed for interface destruction because of the way this works
right now, with a single work taking care of all interfaces.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 93a1e86ce1 ("nl80211: Stop scheduled scan if netlink client disappears")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-05 10:59:53 +01:00
Arend Van Spriel
505a2e882b nl80211: rework {sched_,}scan event related functions
A couple of functions used with scan events were named with
term "send" although they were only preparing the the event
message so renamed those.

Also remove nl80211_send_sched_scan_results() in favor of
just calling nl80211_send_sched_scan() with the right value.

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
[mention nl80211_send_sched_scan_results() in the commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-12-16 13:32:31 +01:00
Michael Braun
b528414ca3 nl80211: multicast_to_unicast can be changed while IFF_UP
There is no need to prevent toggling multicast_to_unicast while
interface is already up. This change simplifies reconfiguration
from hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-12-13 16:04:57 +01:00
Arend Van Spriel
5a88de5342 nl80211: check NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL only once
The presence of the NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL attribute was
checked in nl80211_parse_sched_scan() and
nl80211_parse_sched_scan_plans() which might be a bit redundant
so removing one.

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-12-13 16:04:56 +01:00
Vamsi Krishna
2fa436b3a2 nl80211: Use different attrs for BSSID and random MAC addr in scan req
NL80211_ATTR_MAC was used to set both the specific BSSID to be scanned
and the random MAC address to be used when privacy is enabled. When both
the features are enabled, both the BSSID and the local MAC address were
getting same value causing Probe Request frames to go with unintended
DA. Hence, this has been fixed by using a different NL80211_ATTR_BSSID
attribute to set the specific BSSID (which was the more recent addition
in cfg80211) for a scan.

Backwards compatibility with old userspace software is maintained to
some extent by allowing NL80211_ATTR_MAC to be used to set the specific
BSSID when scanning without enabling random MAC address use.

Scanning with random source MAC address was introduced by commit
ad2b26abc1 ("cfg80211: allow drivers to support random MAC addresses
for scan") and the issue was introduced with the addition of the second
user for the same attribute in commit 818965d391 ("cfg80211: Allow a
scan request for a specific BSSID").

Fixes: 818965d391 ("cfg80211: Allow a scan request for a specific BSSID")
Signed-off-by: Vamsi Krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-12-09 12:47:19 +01:00
Johannes Berg
eeb04a9688 nl80211: fix logic inversion in start_nan()
Arend inadvertently inverted the logic while converting to
wdev_running(), fix that.

Fixes: 73c7da3dae ("cfg80211: add generic helper to check interface is running")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-12-09 12:47:18 +01:00
David S. Miller
32ab0a38f0 Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
* client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
  * AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
  * config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
    multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
  * deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
    mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
    features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
    I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCgAGBQJYEy/9AAoJEGt7eEactAAd/V0P/0FmHGS8HjlSjm+1p6sbWKbt
 5v8bb3cuKHQiYiUM6euIXql2OYuOEHVAQEpNoPXN9CsfKFYgbIH6yW6d8HtKNedV
 n9lmMy/U6yJX9nYt7yMIQ3kLkbEg+YU58B9Hf47waWXLLSNVumS8rfNBn43EoNQf
 VKWYPWpetsCRIWJ1fnLuxvMHCtOOYCxH+491BUonof32+DKPEAsAbnszZ2ElufTR
 7KNyA3K6leOtTd5Ml52dvLOGNc+h2C83VAMxiShq/6r8OnlX5tPifaubzd9n3m41
 jiJJH/92ESrtF2AaWEm8slcgtcfHS/O7y/FSoV4r0PMSvPTBdjwQ9nqCsbONd831
 vjj6c6YWNxgHPcISX0XcWz+FHnLJdUGaDUtHjAJYw4oH4gaRXwfSw0U+jvdlSMUf
 2CBUArk5f0OEguzwa/5X4Jio3OPPIj4jY/lKplcpLOUu8K2FWTLDuIlww/FHXovs
 rDzTLQeXZkx+MkszkTJN42qSEfOFly91J6OA2Wju+emBqrLIbkAGmvyLVg8U8BQd
 gG7oltgmZ6Xg6fEnUQqpIDO7UJlQ+GXAU04SpNDMv1j/ueUJskxlr3hYM7E9ueQv
 LJcZcVV0RAwNRw52cEsdcYCMLuSMYRrO1OHlkl0wd+x2hFrUCWnVzUgLEUhNBV+c
 ICmNMr96nKhrZI217yzF
 =SjfQ
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2016-10-28' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Among various cleanups and improvements, we have the following:
 * client FILS authentication support in mac80211 (Jouni)
 * AP/VLAN multicast improvements (Michael Braun)
 * config/advertising support for differing beacon intervals on
   multiple virtual interfaces (Purushottam Kushwaha, myself)
 * deprecate the old WDS mode for cfg80211-based drivers, the
   mode is hardly usable since it doesn't support any "modern"
   features like WPA encryption (2003), HT (2009) or VHT (2014),
   I'm not even sure WEP (introduced in 1997) could be done.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 17:28:45 -04:00
Thomas Graf
b15ca182ed netlink: Add nla_memdup() to wrap kmemdup() use on nlattr
Wrap several common instances of:
	kmemdup(nla_data(attr), nla_len(attr), GFP_KERNEL);

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-29 14:57:42 -04:00
Johannes Berg
56989f6d85 genetlink: mark families as __ro_after_init
Now genl_register_family() is the only thing (other than the
users themselves, perhaps, but I didn't find any doing that)
writing to the family struct.

In all families that I found, genl_register_family() is only
called from __init functions (some indirectly, in which case
I've add __init annotations to clarifly things), so all can
actually be marked __ro_after_init.

This protects the data structure from accidental corruption.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-27 16:16:09 -04:00
Johannes Berg
489111e5c2 genetlink: statically initialize families
Instead of providing macros/inline functions to initialize
the families, make all users initialize them statically and
get rid of the macros.

This reduces the kernel code size by about 1.6k on x86-64
(with allyesconfig).

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-27 16:16:09 -04:00
Johannes Berg
a07ea4d994 genetlink: no longer support using static family IDs
Static family IDs have never really been used, the only
use case was the workaround I introduced for those users
that assumed their family ID was also their multicast
group ID.

Additionally, because static family IDs would never be
reserved by the generic netlink code, using a relatively
low ID would only work for built-in families that can be
registered immediately after generic netlink is started,
which is basically only the control family (apart from
the workaround code, which I also had to add code for so
it would reserve those IDs)

Thus, anything other than GENL_ID_GENERATE is flawed and
luckily not used except in the cases I mentioned. Move
those workarounds into a few lines of code, and then get
rid of GENL_ID_GENERATE entirely, making it more robust.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-27 16:16:09 -04:00
Johannes Berg
c90c39dab3 genetlink: introduce and use genl_family_attrbuf()
This helper function allows family implementations to access
their family's attrbuf. This gets rid of the attrbuf usage
in families, and also adds locking validation, since it's not
valid to use the attrbuf with parallel_ops or outside of the
dumpit callback.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-27 16:16:08 -04:00
vamsi krishna
088e8df82f cfg80211: Add support to update connection parameters
Add functionality to update the connection parameters when in connected
state, so that driver/firmware uses the updated parameters for
subsequent roaming. This is for drivers that support internal BSS
selection and roaming. The new command does not change the current
association state, i.e., it can be used to update IE contents for future
(re)associations without causing an immediate disassociation or
reassociation with the current BSS.

This commit implements the required functionality for updating IEs for
(Re)Association Request frame only. Other parameters can be added in
future when required.

Signed-off-by: vamsi krishna <vamsin@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:28 +02:00
Michael Braun
ce0ce13a1c cfg80211: configure multicast to unicast for AP interfaces
Add the ability to configure if an AP (and associated VLANs) will
do multicast-to-unicast conversion for ARP, IPv4 and IPv6 frames
(possibly within 802.1Q). If enabled, such frames are to be sent
to each station separately, with the DA replaced by their own MAC
address rather than the group address.

Note that this may break certain expectations of the receiver,
such as the ability to drop unicast IP packets received within
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send ICMP destination
unreachable messages for packets received in L2 multicast (which
is required, but the receiver can't tell the difference if this
new option is enabled.)

This also doesn't implement the 802.11 DMS (directed multicast
service).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
[fix disabling, add better documentation & commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
348bd45669 cfg80211: Add KEK/nonces for FILS association frames
The new nl80211 attributes can be used to provide KEK and nonces to
allow the driver to encrypt and decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames in station mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
631810603a cfg80211: Add Fast Initial Link Setup (FILS) auth algs
This defines authentication algorithms for FILS (IEEE 802.11ai).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
11b6b5a4ce cfg80211: Rename SAE_DATA to more generic AUTH_DATA
This adds defines and nl80211 extensions to allow FILS Authentication to
be implemented similarly to SAE. FILS does not need the special rules
for the Authentication transaction number and Status code fields, but it
does need to add non-IE fields. The previously used
NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA can be reused for this to avoid having to
duplicate that implementation. Rename that attribute to more generic
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA (with backwards compatibility define for
NL80211_SAE_DATA).

Also document the special rules related to the Authentication
transaction number and Status code fiels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:20 +02:00
Johannes Berg
bfe2c7b1cc nl80211: use nla_parse_nested() instead of nla_parse()
It's just an inline doing the same thing, but the code
is nicer with it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:20 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1794899e8b nl80211: move unsplit command advertising to a separate function
When we split the wiphy dump because it got too large, I added a
comment and asked that all new command advertising be done only
for userspace clients capable of receiving split data, in order
to not break older ones (which can't use the new commands anyway)

This mostly worked, and we haven't added many new commands, but
I occasionally get patches that modify the wrong place.

Make this easier to detect and understand by splitting out the
old commands to a separate function that makes it more clear it
should never be modified again.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 16:03:19 +02:00
Arend Van Spriel
73c7da3dae cfg80211: add generic helper to check interface is running
Add a helper using wdev to check if interface is running. This
deals with both non-netdev and netdev interfaces. In struct
wireless_dev replace 'p2p_started' and 'nan_started' by
'is_running' as those are mutually exclusive anyway, and unify
all the code to use wdev_running().

Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend.vanspriel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-27 09:08:44 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
0ea2a2ee8d cfg80211: allow vendor commands to be sent to nan interface
Allow vendor commands that require WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING flag
to be sent to NAN interface.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-19 12:16:02 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f83ace3b1e nl80211: ifdef WoWLAN related policies
To avoid unused variable warnings when CONFIG_PM isn't set,
add the appropriate ifdef to the policies that are only used
for WoWLAN, which can only be invoked when CONFIG_PM is set.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-17 08:04:07 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1609d18de6 nl80211: correctly use nl80211_nan_srf_policy
This was clearly intended to be used in the attribute parsing,
so do that instead of leaving the attribute policy unused.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-17 08:02:48 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
0c317a02ca cfg80211: support virtual interfaces with different beacon intervals
This commit provides a mechanism for the host drivers to advertise the
support for different beacon intervals among the respective interface
combinations in a group, through NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD (u32).

This value will be compared against GCD of all beaconing interfaces of
matching combinations.

If the driver doesn't advertise this value, the old behaviour where
all beacon intervals must be identical is retained.

If it is specified, then any beacon interval for an interface in the
interface combination as well as the GCD of all active beacon intervals
in the combination must be greater or equal to this value.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change commit message, some variable names, small other things]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-13 14:28:29 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1e1430d528 Merge remote-tracking branch 'net-next/master' into mac80211-next
Resolve the merge conflict between Felix's/my and Toke's patches
coming into the tree through net and mac80211-next respectively.
Most of Felix's changes go away due to Toke's new infrastructure
work, my patch changes to "goto begin" (the label wasn't there
before) instead of returning NULL so flow control towards drivers
is preserved better.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-10-04 09:46:44 +02:00
Ayala Beker
368e5a7b4e cfg80211: Provide an API to report NAN function termination
Provide a function that reports NAN DE function termination. The function
may be terminated due to one of the following reasons: user request,
ttl expiration or failure.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notification will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-30 13:21:37 +02:00
Ayala Beker
50bcd31d99 cfg80211: provide a function to report a match for NAN
Provide a function the driver can call to report a match.
This will send the event to the user space.
If the NAN instance is tied to the owner, the notifications will be
sent to the socket that started the NAN interface only.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-30 13:21:32 +02:00
Ayala Beker
a5a9dcf291 cfg80211: allow the user space to change current NAN configuration
Some NAN configuration paramaters may change during the operation of
the NAN device. For example, a user may want to update master preference
value when the device gets plugged/unplugged to the power.
Add API that allows to do so.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-30 13:21:28 +02:00
Ayala Beker
a442b761b2 cfg80211: add add_nan_func / del_nan_func
A NAN function can be either publish, subscribe or follow
up. Make all the necessary verifications and just pass the
request to the driver.
Allow the user space application that starts NAN to
forbid any other socket to add or remove functions.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-30 13:21:23 +02:00
Ayala Beker
cb3b7d8765 cfg80211: add start / stop NAN commands
This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface.
A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it
doesn't have a netdev associated to it.
Add the new interface type and prevent operations that
can't be executed on NAN interface like scan.

Define several attributes that may be configured by user space
when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual
band operation)

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-30 13:21:14 +02:00
Johannes Berg
8564e38206 cfg80211: add checks for beacon rate, extend to mesh
The previous commit added support for specifying the beacon rate
for AP mode. Add features checks to this, and extend it to also
support the rate configuration for mesh networks. For IBSS it's
not as simple due to joining etc., so that's not yet supported.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-26 10:23:48 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
a7c7fbff6a cfg80211: Add support to configure a beacon data rate
This allows an option to configure a single beacon tx rate for an AP.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-26 10:23:48 +02:00
David S. Miller
d6989d4bbe Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net 2016-09-23 06:46:57 -04:00
Johannes Berg
53b18980fd nl80211: always check nla_put* return values
A few instances were found where we didn't check them, add the
missing checks even though they'll probably never trigger as
the message should be large enough here.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-15 16:46:17 +02:00
Johannes Berg
76e1fb4b55 nl80211: always check nla_nest_start() return value
If the message got full during nla_nest_start(), it can return
NULL. None of the cases here seem like that can really happen,
but check the return value nonetheless.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-15 16:46:17 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f1c1f17ac5 cfg80211: allow connect keys only with default (TX) key
There's no point in allowing connect keys when one of them
isn't also configured as the TX key, it would just confuse
drivers and probably cause them to pick something for TX.
Disallow this confusing and erroneous configuration.

As wpa_supplicant will always send NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, even
when there are no keys inside, allow that and treat it as
though the attribute isn't present at all.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-15 16:45:41 +02:00
Johannes Berg
89b706fb28 cfg80211: reduce connect key caching struct size
After the previous patches, connect keys can only (correctly)
be used for storing static WEP keys. Therefore, remove all the
data for dealing with key index 4/5 and reduce the size of the
key material to the maximum for WEP keys.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-13 20:20:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
386b1f2738 nl80211: only allow WEP keys during connect command
This was already documented that way in nl80211.h, but the
parsing code still accepted other key types. Change it to
really only accept WEP keys as documented.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-13 20:20:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
42ee231cd1 nl80211: fix connect keys range check
Only key index 0-3 should be accepted, 4/5 are for IGTKs and
cannot be used as connect keys. Fix the range checking to not
allow such erroneous configurations.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-13 20:20:51 +02:00
Johannes Berg
b6b5555bc8 cfg80211: disallow shared key authentication with key index 4
Key index 4 can only be used for an IGTK, so the range checks
for shared key authentication should treat 4 as an error, fix
that in the code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-13 20:20:51 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ad5987b47e nl80211: validate number of probe response CSA counters
Due to an apparent copy/paste bug, the number of counters for the
beacon configuration were checked twice, instead of checking the
number of probe response counters. Fix this to check the number of
probe response counters before parsing those.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 9a774c78e2 ("cfg80211: Support multiple CSA counters")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-13 20:19:27 +02:00
Denis Kenzior
b7fb44daca nl80211: Allow GET_INTERFACE dumps to be filtered
This patch allows GET_INTERFACE dumps to be filtered based on
NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.  The documentation for
GET_INTERFACE mentions that this is possible:
"Request an interface's configuration; either a dump request on
a %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or ..."

However, this behavior has not been implemented until now.

Johannes: rewrite most of the patch:
 * use nl80211_dump_wiphy_parse() to also allow passing an interface
   to be able to dump its siblings
 * fix locking (must hold rtnl around using nl80211_fam.attrbuf)
 * make init self-contained instead of relying on other cb->args

Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-12 11:24:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ff9a71afc9 nl80211: explicitly check enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode
Different gcc versions appear to be treating enum with different
signedness, causing warnings with the out parameter one way or
the other.

Just use the correct type to avoid all that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-11 20:00:37 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
12d20fc918 cfg80211: identically validate beacon interval for AP/MESH/IBSS
Beacon interval interface combinations validation was missing
for MESH/IBSS join, add those.

Johannes: also move the beacon interval check disallowing really
tiny and really big intervals into the common function, which
adds it for AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-11 20:00:36 +02:00
Denis Kenzior
7f8ed01ea5 cfg80211: always notify userspace when wireless netdev is removed
This change alters the semantics of NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE events
by always sending this event whenever a net_device object associated
with a wdev is destroyed.  Prior to this change, this event was only
emitted as a result of NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE command sent from
userspace.  This allows userspace to reliably detect when wireless
interfaces have been removed, e.g. due to USB removal events, etc.

For wireless device objects without an associated net_device (e.g.
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE), the NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE event is
now generated inside cfg80211_unregister_wdev.

Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-11 16:51:42 +02:00
Denis Kenzior
896ff0635a cfg80211: always notify userspace of new wireless netdevs
This change alters the semantics of NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE events
by always sending this event whenever a new net_device object
associated with a wdev is registered.  Prior to this change, this event
was only sent as a result of NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE command sent
from userspace.  This allows userspace to reliably detect new wireless
interfaces (e.g. due to hardware hot-plug events, etc).

For wdevs created without an associated net_device object (e.g.
NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE), the NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE event is
still generated inside the relevant nl80211 command handler.

Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-11 16:51:41 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9757235f45 nl80211: correct checks for NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE value
Previously, NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE validation rejected correct
flag combinations, e.g. IEEE80211_HT_OP_MODE_PROTECTION_NONHT_MIXED |
IEEE80211_HT_OP_MODE_NON_HT_STA_PRSNT.

Doing just a range-check allows setting flags that don't exist (0x8)
and invalid flag combinations.

Implements some checks based on IEEE 802.11 2012 8.4.2.59 "HT
Operation element".

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[reword commit message, simplify a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-05 14:14:54 +02:00
David S. Miller
de0ba9a0d8 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Just several instances of overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-24 00:53:32 -04:00
Masashi Honma
7d27a0ba7a cfg80211: Add mesh peer AID setting API
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
adds mesh peer AID setting API.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 15:04:52 +02:00
Avraham Stern
1d76250bd3 nl80211: support beacon report scanning
Beacon report radio measurement requires reporting observed BSSs
on the channels specified in the beacon request. If the measurement
mode is set to passive or active, it requires actually performing a
scan (passive or active, accordingly), and reporting the time that
the scan was started and the time each beacon/probe was received
(both in terms of TSF of the BSS of the requesting AP). If the
request mode is table, this information is optional.
In addition, the radio measurement request specifies the channel
dwell time for the measurement.

In order to use scan for beacon report when the mode is active or
passive, add a parameter to scan request that specifies the
channel dwell time, and add scan start time and beacon received time
to scan results information.

Supporting beacon report is required for Multi Band Operation (MBO).

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 14:51:31 +02:00
Aviya Erenfeld
c6e6a0c8be nl80211: Add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer
add API to support VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer.
in MU-MIMO there are parallel frames on the air while the HW
has only one RX.
add the capability to sniff one of the MU-MIMO parallel frames by
giving the sniffer additional information so it'll know which
of the parallel frames it shall follow.

Add attribute - NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA - for getting
a MU-MIMO groupID in order to monitor packets from that group
using VHT MU-MIMO.
And add attribute -NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_ADDR - for passing
MAC address to monitor mode.
that option will be used by VHT MU-MIMO air sniffer to follow a
station according to it's MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO.

Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-07-06 14:46:04 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
6e8ef84222 nl80211: Move ACL parsing later to avoid a possible memory leak
No support for pbss results in a memory leak for the acl_data
(if parse_acl_data succeeds). Fix this by moving the ACL parsing later.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 34d505193b ("cfg80211: basic support for PBSS network type")
Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2016-07-06 13:09:02 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann
f151d9db4c nl80211: improve nl80211_parse_mesh_config type checking
When building a kernel with W=1, the nl80211.c file causes a number of
warnings, all about the same problem:

net/wireless/nl80211.c: In function 'nl80211_parse_mesh_config':
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5287:103: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5290:96: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5293:124: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5295:148: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5298:106: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5305:116: error: comparison is always false due to limited range of data type [-Werror=type-limits]

The problem is that gcc does not notice that the check is generate
by a macro, so it complains about comparing an unsigned type against 0.

I've tried to come up with a way to rephrase that code in a way that
avoids the warnings and otherwise improves the code as well.

This uses a set of new helper functions that perform the range checking,
and should provide slightly better type safety than the older patch,
at the expense of adding 44 lines to the code. Binary code size is
basically unchanged though (20 bytes added to 126561 bytes .text).

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2016-06-30 12:06:18 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0662799023 nl80211: clarify nl80211_set_reg() success path
Setting rd to NULL to avoid freeing it, just to be able to return
from the function in a single place, doesn't make much sense.

Return the set_regdom() return value directly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-06-09 10:41:19 +02:00
Kirtika Ruchandani
7a087e7484 nl80211: Fix checkpatch warnings about blank lines
This patch fixes the following checkpatch.pl issues -
- Please don't use multiple blank lines
- Blank lines aren't necessary before a close brace
- Missing a blank line after declarations

Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika.ruchandani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-06-09 10:07:00 +02:00
Kirtika Ruchandani
56ab364f17 nl80211: Fix spelling
Fix 'implementation' spelling, reported by checkpatch.pl

Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika.ruchandani@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-06-09 10:06:29 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
019ae3a918 cfg80211: Advertise extended capabilities per interface type to userspace
The driver extended capabilities may differ for different
interface types which the userspace needs to know (for
example the fine timing measurement initiator and responder
bits might differ for a station and AP). Add a new nl80211
attribute to provide extended capabilities per interface type
to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-31 15:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf1ecd2105 cfg80211: Allow cfg80211_connect_result() errors to be distinguished
Previously, the status parameter to cfg80211_connect_result() was
documented as using WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE (1) when the real
status code for the failure is not known. This value can be used by an
AP (and often is) and as such, user space cannot distinguish between
explicitly rejected authentication/association and not being able to
even try to associate or not receiving a response from the AP.

Add a new inline function, cfg80211_connect_timeout(), to be used when
the driver knows that the connection attempt failed due to a reason
where connection could not be attempt or no response was received from
the AP. The internal functions now allow a negative status value (-1) to
be used as an indication of this special case. This results in the
NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT to be added to the NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event to
allow user space to determine this case was hit. For backwards
compatibility, NL80211_STATUS_CODE with the value
WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE is still indicated in the event in such
a case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[johannes: fix cfg80211_connect_bss() prototype to use int for status,
 add cfg80211_connect_timeout() to docbook, fix docbook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-31 15:22:15 +02:00
Martin Willi
5617c6cd6f nl80211: Allow privileged operations from user namespaces
While a wiphy can be transferred to network namespaces, a process having
CAP_NET_ADMIN in a non-initial user namespace can not administrate such
devices due to the genetlink GENL_ADMIN_PERM restrictions.

For openvswitch having the same issue, a new GENL_UNS_ADMIN_PERM flag has
been introduced, commit 4a92602aa1 ("openvswitch: allow management from
inside user namespaces"). This patch changes all privileged operations
operating on a wiphy, dev or wdev to allow their administration using the
same mechanism. All operations use either NEED_WIPHY, NEED_WDEV or
NEED_NETDEV, which implies a namespace aware lookup of the device. The only
exception is NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, which explicitly uses a namespace aware
phy lookup.

Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
[also allow cancel scan, for completeness]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-31 11:36:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
53873f134d cfg80211: make wdev_list accessible to drivers
There's no harm in having drivers read the list, since they can
use RCU protection or RTNL locking; allow this to not require
each and every driver to also implement its own bookkeeping.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-05-12 11:16:40 +02:00
Johannes Berg
d686b920ab nl80211: use nla_put_u64_64bit() for the remaining u64 attributes
Nicolas converted most users, but didn't realize some were generated
by macros. Convert those over as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-27 11:01:13 +02:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
739960f128 cfg80211/nl80211: Add support for NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION
Add support for the a station statistics netlink attribute:
NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION.

If present, this attribute contains the aggregate PPDU duration (in
microseconds) for all the frames from the peer. This is useful to
help understand the total time spent transmitting to us by all of
the connected peers.

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-26 09:40:11 +02:00
Nicolas Dichtel
2dad624e6d wireless: use nla_put_u64_64bit()
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-25 15:09:11 -04:00
David S. Miller
1602f49b58 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts were two cases of simple overlapping changes,
nothing serious.

In the UDP case, we need to add a hlist_add_tail_rcu()
to linux/rculist.h, because we've moved UDP socket handling
away from using nulls lists.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-23 18:51:33 -04:00
Johannes Berg
57fbcce37b cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band
This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and
the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of
it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of
bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02:00
Dmitry Ivanov
8f815cdde3 nl80211: check netlink protocol in socket release notification
A non-privileged user can create a netlink socket with the same port_id as
used by an existing open nl80211 netlink socket (e.g. as used by a hostapd
process) with a different protocol number.

Closing this socket will then lead to the notification going to nl80211's
socket release notification handler, and possibly cause an action such as
removing a virtual interface.

Fix this issue by checking that the netlink protocol is NETLINK_GENERIC.
Since generic netlink has no notifier chain of its own, we can't fix the
problem more generically.

Fixes: 026331c4d9 ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Ivanov <dima@ubnt.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-12 15:39:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ce2bd9c4c cfg80211: Allow reassociation to be requested with internal SME
If the user space issues a NL80211_CMD_CONNECT with
NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID when there is already a connection, allow this
to proceed as a reassociation instead of rejecting the new connect
command with EALREADY.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[validate prev_bssid]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-06 15:09:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba6fbacf9c cfg80211: Add option to specify previous BSSID for Connect command
This extends NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to allow the NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID
attribute to be used similarly to way this was already allowed with
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE. This allows user space to request reassociation
(instead of association) when already connected to an AP. This provides
an option to reassociate within an ESS without having to disconnect and
associate with the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-06 13:18:21 +02:00
Ayala Beker
17b9424786 cfg80211: allow userspace to specify client P2P PS support
Legacy clients don't support P2P power save mechanisms, and thus
if a P2P GO has a legacy client connected to it, it has to make
some changes in the PS behavior.

To handle this, add an attribute to specify whether a station supports
P2P PS or not. If the attribute was not specified cfg80211 will assume
that station supports it for P2P GO interface, and does NOT support it
for AP interface, matching the current assumptions in the code.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 21:34:47 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
38de03d2a2 nl80211: add feature for BSS selection support
Introducing a new feature that the driver can use to
indicate the driver/firmware supports configuration of BSS
selection criteria upon CONNECT command. This can be useful
when multiple BSS-es are found belonging to the same ESS,
ie. Infra-BSS with same SSID. The criteria can then be used to
offload selection of a preferred BSS.

Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Lei Zhang <leizh@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[move wiphy support check into parse_bss_select()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:56:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
818965d391 cfg80211: Allow a scan request for a specific BSSID
This allows scans for a specific BSSID to be optimized by the user space
application by requesting the driver to set the Probe Request frame
BSSID field (Address 3) to the specified BSSID instead of the wildcard
BSSID. This prevents other APs from replying which reduces airtime need
and latency in getting the response from the target AP through.

This is an optimization and as such, it is acceptable for some of the
drivers not to support the mechanism. If not supported, the wildcard
BSSID will be used and more responses may be received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-04-05 10:56:28 +02:00
David S. Miller
810813c47a Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-08 12:34:12 -05:00
Beni Lev
0c9ca11b1a cfg80211: Add global RRM capability
Today, the supplicant will add the RRM capabilities
Information Element in the association request only if
Quiet period is supported (NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET).

Quiet is one of many RRM features, and there are other RRM
features that are not related to Quiet (e.g. neighbor
report). Therefore, requiring Quiet to enable RRM is too
restrictive.
Some of the features, like neighbor report, can be
supported by user space without any help from the kernel.
Hence adding the RRM capabilities IE to association request
should be the sole user space's decision.
Removing the RRM dependency on Quiet in the driver solves
this problem, but using an old driver with a user space
tool that would not require Quiet feature would be
problematic: the user space would add NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM
in the association request even if the kernel doesn't
advertize NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET and the association would
be denied by the kernel.

This solution adds a global RRM capability, that tells user
space that it can request RRM capabilities IE publishment
without any specific feature support in the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:41 +01:00
Lior David
34d505193b cfg80211: basic support for PBSS network type
PBSS (Personal Basic Service Set) is a new BSS type for DMG
networks. It is similar to infrastructure BSS, having an AP-like
entity called PCP (PBSS Control Point), but it has few differences.
PBSS support is mandatory for 11ad devices.

Add support for PBSS by introducing a new PBSS flag attribute.
The PBSS flag is used in the START_AP command to request starting
a PCP instead of an AP, and in the CONNECT command to request
connecting to a PCP instead of an AP.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <liord@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-24 09:04:34 +01:00
Ola Olsson
5e950a78bf nl80211: Zero out the connection keys memory when freeing them.
The connection keys are zeroed out in all other cases except this
one. Let's fix the last one as well.

Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Calaby <julian.calaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-02-23 10:40:36 +01:00
David S. Miller
b3e0d3d7ba Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/geneve.c

Here we had an overlapping change, where in 'net' the extraneous stats
bump was being removed whilst in 'net-next' the final argument to
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() was being changed.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-17 22:08:28 -05:00
Ola Olsson
707554b4d1 nl80211: Fix potential memory leak in nl80211_connect
Free cached keys if the last early return path is taken.

Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-15 13:11:26 +01:00
Ola Olsson
e5dbe0701a nl80211: Fix potential memory leak in nl80211_set_wowlan
Compared to cfg80211_rdev_free_wowlan in core.h,
the error goto label lacks the freeing of nd_config.
Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-15 13:10:05 +01:00
Johannes Berg
bda95eb1d1 cfg80211: handle add_station auth/assoc flag quirks
When a new station is added to AP/GO interfaces the default behaviour
is for it to be added authenticated and associated, due to backwards
compatibility. To prevent that, the driver must be able to do that
(setting the NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE feature flag) and
userspace must set the flag mask to auth|assoc and clear the set.

Handle this quirk in the API entirely in nl80211, and always push the
full flags to the drivers. NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is
still required for userspace to be allowed to set the mask including
those bits, but after checking that add both flags to the mask and
set in case userspace didn't set them otherwise.

This obsoletes the mac80211 code handling this difference, no other
driver is currently using these flags.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-04 14:43:32 +01:00
Ayala Beker
a9bc31e418 cfg80211: use NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID in nl82011_set_station
Fix nl80211_set_station() to use the value of NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID
attribute instead of NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID attribute.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-04 14:43:32 +01:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
91d3ab4673 cfg80211: Add support for aborting an ongoing scan
Implement new functionality for aborting an ongoing scan.

Add NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN to the nl80211 interface. After
aborting the scan, driver shall provide the scan status by
calling cfg80211_scan_done().

Reviewed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vidyullatha Kanchanapally <vkanchan@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
[change command to take wdev instead of netdev so that it
 can be used on p2p-device scans]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-04 14:43:32 +01:00
Ilan Peer
a1056b1baa cfg80211: Add missing tracing to cfg80211
Add missing tracing for:

1. start_radar_detection()
2. set_mcast_rates()
3. set_coalesce()

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-04 14:43:32 +01:00
Ayala Beker
e420842724 cfg80211: allow AID/listen interval changes for unassociated station
Currently, cfg80211 rejects updates of AID and listen interval parameters
for existing entries. This information is known only at association stage
and as a result it's impossible to update entries that were added
unassociated.
Fix this by allowing updates of these properies for stations that the
driver (or mac80211) assigned unassociated state.

This then fixes mac80211's use of NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-11-03 11:20:29 +01:00
Ola Olsson
4baf6bea37 nl80211: Fix potential memory leak from parse_acl_data
If parse_acl_data succeeds but the subsequent parsing of smps
attributes fails, there will be a memory leak due to early returns.
Fix that by moving the ACL parsing later.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 18998c381b ("cfg80211: allow requesting SMPS mode on ap start")
Signed-off-by: Ola Olsson <ola.olsson@sonymobile.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-11-03 10:40:58 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b686303691 cfg80211: reg: make CRDA support optional
If there's a built-in regulatory database, there may be little point
in also calling out to CRDA and failing if the system is configured
that way. Allow removing CRDA support to save ~1K kernel size.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-16 09:15:39 +02:00
Avraham Stern
3b06d27795 cfg80211: Add multiple scan plans for scheduled scan
Add the option to configure multiple 'scan plans' for scheduled scan.
Each 'scan plan' defines the number of scan cycles and the interval
between scans. The scan plans are executed in the order they were
configured. The last scan plan will always run infinitely and thus
defines only the interval between scans.
The maximum number of scan plans supported by the device and the
maximum number of iterations in a single scan plan are advertised
to userspace so it can configure the scan plans appropriately.

When scheduled scan results are received there is no way to know which
scan plan is being currently executed, so there is no way to know when
the next scan iteration will start. This is not a problem, however.
The scan start timestamp is only used for flushing old scan results,
and there is no difference between flushing all results received until
the end of the previous iteration or the start of the current one,
since no results will be received in between.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-13 10:35:26 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
6e19bc4b70 nl80211: allow BSS data to include CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp
For location and connectivity services, userspace would often like
to know the time when the BSS was last seen. The current "last seen"
value is calculated in a way that makes it less useful, especially
if the system suspended in the meantime.

Add the ability for the driver to report a real CLOCK_BOOTTIME stamp
that can then be reported to userspace (if present).

Drivers wishing to use this must be converted to the new API to call
cfg80211_inform_bss_data() or cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(). They
need to ensure the reported value is accurate enough even when the
frame might have been buffered in the device (e.g. firmware.)

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
[modified to use struct, inlines]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-13 10:32:17 +02:00
Ayala Beker
47edb11b52 cfg80211: allow changing station capabilities for unassociated stations
Currently, cfg80211 rejects capability updates for existing entries
and as a result it's impossible to update entries that were added
unassociated, but that is necessary to go through the full station
states from userspace, adding a station before authentication etc.

Fix this by allowing updates to capabilities for stations that the
driver (or mac80211) assigned unassociated state. Drivers setting
the full station state support flag must use the new station type
for proper operation.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-29 15:56:50 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
d55d0d598e nl80211: put current TX power in interface info
Many drivers implement reading current TX power (using either cfg80211
or ieee80211 op) but userspace can't get it using nl80211. Right now the
only way to access it is to call some wext ioctl.
Let's put TX power in interface info reply (callback is wdev specific)
just like we do with current channel.
To be consistent (e.g. NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY) let's use mBm as na unit.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-22 15:21:27 +02:00
Johannes Berg
7bdbe400d1 nl80211: support vendor dumpit commands
In order to transfer many items in vendor commands, support the
dumpit netlink method for them.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-22 15:21:22 +02:00
Bertold Van den Bergh
876dc9308e nl80211: Allow setting multicast rate on OCB interfaces
Allow setting multicast rate on OCB interfaces.
Current behaviour results in EOPNOTSUPP when attempting this.

Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-14 17:49:48 +02:00
Michal Kazior
9189ee31df cfg80211: propagate set_wiphy failure to userspace
If driver failed to setup wiphy params (e.g. rts
threshold, fragmentation treshold) userspace
wasn't properly notified about this. This could
lead to user confusion who would think the command
succeeded even if that wasn't the case.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-14 17:49:47 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
923b352f19 cfg80211: use RTNL locked reg_can_beacon for IR-relaxation
The RTNL is required to check for IR-relaxation conditions that allow
more channels to beacon. Export an RTNL locked version of reg_can_beacon
and use it where possible in AP/STA interface type flows, where
IR-relaxation may be applicable.

Fixes: 06f207fc54 ("cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA")
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-07-17 15:02:02 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
06f207fc54 cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA
The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station
interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations.
Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added
use-case.

Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 15:50:02 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
4292504044 cfg80211: allow the plink state blocking for user managed mesh
wpa_supplicant or authsae handles the mesh peering in user
space, but the plink state is still managed in kernel space.
Currently, there is no implementation by wpa_supplicant or
authsae to block the plink state after it is set to ESTAB.

By applying this patch, we can use the "iw mesh0 station set
<MAC address> plink_action block" to block the peer mesh STA.
This is useful for experimenting purposes.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-24 12:22:36 +02:00
Ilan peer
c37722bd19 cfg80211: Stop calling crda if it is not responsive
Patch eeca9fce1d (cfg80211: Schedule
timeout for all CRDA call) introduced a regression, where in case
that crda is not installed (or not configured properly etc.), the
regulatory core will needlessly continue to call it, polluting the
log with the following log:

"cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain"

Fix this by limiting the number of continuous CRDA request failures.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-01 11:22:38 +02:00
David S. Miller
7b6249bba9 Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
  * VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
  * first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
  * many suspend/resume (race) fixes
  * name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVGWlNAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr5s8P/R9+Q6y4Ixice9dDOJYynl/d
 dMEUEfCBWUyDaQD1bNQIED2mc0sM5+Ax8OVIVx9fdrLGPxaISBqDJKE1USoTNZzm
 q+U3dM4Q45SfQSsgaY4FtxTlPWPtUKsNMXY/CxLR+IqVeA3+30rX+hv1f3SAqBj0
 68IwW/uUIHb71IZ+hz2Mwudt4JVW8KRg9VlZ0UY6EEvC4m5QD2YkwQQo/hJ2WF+/
 wAJbku02L/Vy4J7E6hNcKYWXokht4fVYphjl/1ZDd/+8L8SUv9mC88n1Jzxa428p
 1PmbtwzbpOrtTcC2BCPDA04IyfMc7k9DlLKw/h2KLPbHZXheD9eVmo/Am5vz+uH6
 926f+FK339SzoJnZ5wBBDiZ8W8TLYNc8ImxtcxjnrtGfr1CKiuh23P1CWyOlKJCO
 BYFJqkCOqWOHYnN0embaj7JqM/LmQI5ZoBZHZhD2KQXIXpTsjjIMPfJvip5D+tsV
 +iXIlQwdeK6rbjxdonBgn7n57XIeSVMAYeyDCbzIShfibjHbUZPn+RsZCtv8RWv8
 EaZu8PerU5ZDKwdX940+lWrtf/TMDJBYQpAIBRuiZK4DTNWCt3BrDlvb1FXGgA+X
 vQJnr32vjJ/pLDxNLHQlkKWC4I/CYtG47OgcJN9AQXrig1zApd+C29zy3aqch3ea
 wxV9dFfheTqZFjtZfSsH
 =O/cf
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Lots of updates for net-next; along with the usual flurry
of small fixes, cleanups and internal features we have:
 * VHT support for TDLS and IBSS (conditional on drivers though)
 * first TX performance improvements (the biggest will come later)
 * many suspend/resume (race) fixes
 * name_assign_type support from Tom Gundersen
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-31 16:39:04 -04:00
Jiri Benc
67b61f6c13 netlink: implement nla_get_in_addr and nla_get_in6_addr
Those are counterparts to nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-31 13:58:35 -04:00
Jiri Benc
930345ea63 netlink: implement nla_put_in_addr and nla_put_in6_addr
IP addresses are often stored in netlink attributes. Add generic functions
to do that.

For nla_put_in_addr, it would be nicer to pass struct in_addr but this is
not used universally throughout the kernel, in way too many places __be32 is
used to store IPv4 address.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-31 13:58:35 -04:00
Tom Gundersen
6bab2e19c5 cfg80211: pass name_assign_type to rdev_add_virtual_intf()
This will expose in /sys whether the ifname of a device is set by
userspace or generated by the kernel. The latter kind (wlanX, etc)
is not deterministic, so userspace needs to rename these devices
to names that are guaranteed to stay the same between reboots. The
former, however should never be renamed, so userspace needs to be
able to reliably tell the difference.

Similar functionality was introduced for the rtnetlink core in
commit 5517750f05 ("net: rtnetlink - make create_link take name_assign_type")

Signed-off-by: Tom Gundersen <teg@jklm.no>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
[reformat changelog to fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-30 10:36:17 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
21fea56731 nl80211: add net-detect delay to wowlan info
Pass the initial net-detect delay (NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY)
attribute in the WoWLAN info response.

Additionally, remove a bogus TODO comment.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-30 10:18:12 +02:00
David S. Miller
0fa74a4be4 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
	net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
	net/ipv4/inet_diag.c

The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky.  The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least.  It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().

So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged.  And this worked beautifully.

The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-20 18:51:09 -04:00
Johannes Berg
496fcc294d nl80211: ignore HT/VHT capabilities without QoS/WMM
As HT/VHT depend heavily on QoS/WMM, it's not a good idea to
let userspace add clients that have HT/VHT but not QoS/WMM.
Since it does so in certain cases we've observed (client is
using HT IEs but not QoS/WMM) just ignore the HT/VHT info at
this point and don't pass it down to the drivers which might
unconditionally use it.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 09:36:11 +01:00
Ilan peer
0505075360 cfg80211: Add API to change the indoor regulatory setting
Previously, the indoor setting configuration assumed that as
long as a station interface is connected, the indoor environment
setting does not change. However, this assumption is problematic
as:

- It is possible that a station interface is connected to a mobile
  AP, e.g., softAP or a P2P GO, where it is possible that both the
  station and the mobile AP move out of the indoor environment making
  the indoor setting invalid. In such a case, user space has no way to
  invalidate the setting.
- A station interface disconnection does not necessarily imply that
  the device is no longer operating in an indoor environment, e.g.,
  it is possible that the station interface is roaming but is still
  stays indoor.

To handle the above, extend the indoor configuration API to allow
user space to indicate a change of indoor settings, and allow it to
indicate weather it controls the indoor setting, such that:

1. If the user space process explicitly indicates that it is going
   to control the indoor setting, do not clear the indoor setting
   internally, unless the socket is released. The user space process
   should use the NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER attribute in the command
   to state that it is going to control the indoor setting.
2. Reset the indoor setting when restoring the regulatory settings in
   case it is not owned by a user space process.

Based on the above, a user space tool that continuously monitors the
indoor settings, i.e., tracking power setting, location etc., can
indicate environment changes to the regulatory core.

It should be noted that currently user space is the only provided mechanism
used to hint to the regulatory core over the indoor/outdoor environment --
while the country IEs do have an environment setting this has been completely
ignored by the regulatory core by design for a while now since country IEs
typically can contain bogus data.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: ArikX Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-06 09:37:47 +01:00
Johannes Berg
98fc43864a nl80211: prohibit mixing 'any' and regular wowlan triggers
If the device supports waking up on 'any' signal - i.e. it continues
operating as usual and wakes up the host on pretty much anything that
happens, then it makes no sense to also configure the more restricted
WoWLAN mode where the device operates more autonomously but also in a
more restricted fashion.

Currently only cw2100 supports both 'any' and other triggers, but it
seems to be broken as it doesn't configure anything to the device, so
we can't currently get into a situation where both even can correctly
be configured. This is about to change (Intel devices are going to
support both and have different behaviour depending on configuration)
so make sure the conflicting modes cannot be configured.

(It seems that cw2100 advertises 'any' and 'disconnect' as a means of
saying that's what it will always do, but that isn't really the way
this API was meant to be used nor does it actually mean anything as
'any' always implies 'disconnect' already, and the driver doesn't
change device configuration in any way depending on the settings.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-04 10:34:11 +01:00
David S. Miller
71a83a6db6 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c

The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-03 21:16:48 -05:00
Joe Perches
d2beae1078 wireless: Use eth_<foo>_addr instead of memset
Use the built-in function instead of memset.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-03 17:01:38 -05:00
Ahmad Kholaif
6c09e791b2 cfg80211: Allow NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX to be added to vendor events
This modifies cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() with an additional argument
struct wireless_dev *wdev. __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() is modified to
take in *wdev argument, if wdev != NULL, both the NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
and wdev identifier are added to the vendor event.

These changes make it easier for drivers to add ifindex indication in
vendor events cleanly.

This also updates all existing users of cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
and __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb() in the kernel tree.

Signed-off-by: Ahmad Kholaif <akholaif@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-03 15:56:05 +01:00
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.com
ffc1199122 cfg80211: add VHT support for IBSS
Add NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS flag and VHT
support for IBSS.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-03 15:56:04 +01:00
Masashi Honma
31f909a2c0 nl/mac80211: allow zero plink timeout to disable STA expiration
Both wpa_supplicant and mac80211 have and inactivity timer. By default
wpa_supplicant will be timed out in 5 minutes and mac80211's it is 30
minutes. If wpa_supplicant uses a longer timer than mac80211, it will
get unexpected disconnection by mac80211.

Using 0xffffffff instead as the configured value could solve this w/o
changing the code, but due to integer overflow in the expression used
this doesn't work. The expression is:

(current jiffies) > (frame Rx jiffies + NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT * 250)

On 32bit system, the right side would overflow and be a very small
value if NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT is sufficiently large,
causing unexpectedly early disconnections.

Instead allow disabling the inactivity timer to avoid this situation,
by passing the (previously invalid and useless) value 0.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
[reword/rewrap commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-02-28 21:31:10 +01:00
Johannes Berg
a18c7192aa nl80211: fix memory leak in monitor flags parsing
If monitor flags parsing results in active monitor but that
isn't supported, the already allocated message is leaked.
Fix this by moving the allocation after this check.

Reported-by: Christian Engelmayer <cengelma@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-02-24 10:56:42 +01:00
Samuel Tan
5528fae886 nl80211: use loop index as type for net detect frequency results
We currently add nested members of the NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
as NLA_U32 attributes of type NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in
cfg80211_net_detect_results. However, since there can be an arbitrary number of
frequency results, we should use the loop index of the loop used to add the
frequency results to NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES as the type (i.e. nla_type)
for each result attribute, rather than a fixed type.

This change is in line with how nested members are added to
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES in the functions nl80211_send_wowlan_nd and
nl80211_add_scan_req.

Signed-off-by: Samuel Tan <samueltan@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-02-24 10:53:50 +01:00
David S. Miller
940288b6a5 Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
  * fix a number of suspend/resume related races
    (from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
  * add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
  * add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
  * allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
  * some other cleanups (various)
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJU0NEaAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr2DAP/3nbk6WB2Lz4Vwi8fh9C4y6X
 4ZzN2v7NHaimC+Wpxg3wP2wCdX2VG3ZWwF3yLm6qgVHGnE35RFLxURen1eqNeW77
 Yf5gvZ066nCGEQ8l8J6YK9vrLX4qp5c4lyE00bbxpZTA4Qq71SgTg+rmGC1be8uX
 vacfaLwfDWffuOOnjBAPfanj7f4AQaUEY2uN1WkBFC7iEeOtPcWVkHAFVIeGjJfQ
 vfgQJcwOjgWjYbwZdQQi7Aj+k1Yzda4pg1yEWn3CkZ8zyeCYGs1gk2ovoBgPgXBP
 yT9ypIdFsN242VJvy7nkFnCKA8mhKyltMQ1Xjs0Q9lAxWdaq9U+iqt5cUn4jxVIG
 T9Vi3PCbx/nVOqcfR81dBTQ3uDU5AyosPsmh2YTxi5lpRBrsjNY2FtaKE0sm2Om3
 wRiSPOdPrXBeEnU0KssI9e6euXgS4JQV78Naq85OWZDd2yZ1fT5U2fi8y4drRGlz
 rucbbobdVhQch5L4FStPz1uW5pNuJrhekXeZIE8MruTNg2A2oBAK3ApO7hxn68sE
 RnbAnkxVLwgedC9042JF5eiS1PDIU46w4e782j/+XskVKMEakqd23iJycx3tmgHZ
 cxDi/qKZ2RCE74YsT61o/9ErSVPvCfNPL3+CVov918jidQQg2WHfKm/jFlIxHIxk
 4wBP7p2VGlENMgw/R8GJ
 =wOaR
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Last round of updates for net-next:
 * revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
 * fix a number of suspend/resume related races
   (from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
 * add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
 * add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
 * allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
 * some other cleanups (various)

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-04 14:57:45 -08:00
David S. Miller
95f873f2ff Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
	net/sched/cls_bpf.c

Two simple sets of overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-27 16:59:56 -08:00
Johannes Berg
13874e4b23 nl80211: suppress smatch warnings
smatch warns that we once checked request->ssids in two functions
and then unconditionally used it later again.

This is actually fine, because the code has a relationship between
attrs[NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS], n_ssids and request->ssids, but
smatch isn't smart enough to realize that.

Suppress the warnings by always checking just n_ssids - that way
smatch won't know that request->ssids could be NULL, and since it
is only NULL when n_ssids is 0 we still check everything correctly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-23 11:25:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg
0fa7b39131 nl80211: fix per-station group key get/del and memory leak
In case userspace attempts to obtain key information for or delete a
unicast key, this is currently erroneously rejected unless the driver
sets the WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN flag. Apparently enough drivers do so it
was never noticed.

Fix that, and while at it fix a potential memory leak: the error path
in the get_key() function was placed after allocating a message but
didn't free it - move it to a better place. Luckily admin permissions
are needed to call this operation.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-23 11:21:02 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
9c74893441 nl80211: add an attribute to allow delaying the first scheduled scan cycle
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan or
net-detect cycle.  Add an optional attribute to the scheduled scan
configuration to pass the delay to be (optionally) used by the driver.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[add the attribute to the policy to validate it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-23 10:30:47 +01:00
Vadim Kochan
4b681c82d2 nl80211: Allow set network namespace by fd
Added new NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD which allows to
set namespace via nl80211 by fd.

Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-23 10:25:25 +01:00
David S. Miller
0c49087462 Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
  * fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
    genlmsg_end() mistake
  * fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
    that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
  * (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
    reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
    as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJUvUZlAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrfNMQAJT5jjOSjmwW8Zdvujvda/qt
 bFpYa9t0NsN3izzMpjPSrCwPrHN5qE86ZA8TcZrIzejPH4rpltjaXB6JNHZardVo
 deCUWU9xotoPELoE0Xex9mHPEkYYvOaht/P8A/88qP1S2PykMmj9fqNeijyUvwuo
 Jlsh0wKe4Jq6bCmdxvy/bde84ceAQcuh2TKNov1S0tB38tRY9qSu2n6ZGpoMNcEe
 CWuW+23jL1uAvt6Ljk2fTKdLR8iyXykfM0UMX2/4R2PMnJXK/dQqV/eeXTjpxtMk
 UV4aIMcSS19D7HxICKOXOdZLdMMuXaFUnUMlGLBtXZz3n9lZoP7RtVIHoib8VBXZ
 tY7xQrK6YNvwZ4SZZPuv/yr6YWP2+vBM2FUfXjzD+or6uYsej203a5q0RsOY+3Tp
 6Yklr+mQNlrOtpMsHMSgrBUUZsAK1I95ALMVVqaq1hgf1cDvRIDHlOo4A7bjwNFw
 eA3L1o4O1/E/IGp4v6+2Iukc9rIwm11sNr/wuD8dDkZTradUPH1iY6J5sxJNb2Nq
 YdpCnQ/lNXj650+z9/G2omSA6DTTTOtXJPxKR+FOHZVKDpZYtF6TxKb0S79fINps
 6ZlWIna5bUiXF1b6xad1x+vtyjNMgTvkg6mR+WQnvF57Ri8hucbtpv5wpA5bhYUQ
 Fbz9VZF2nfMeIbXfTaWi
 =Bvmr
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Some further updates for net-next:
 * fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
 * fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
   genlmsg_end() mistake
 * fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
   that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
 * (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
   reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
   as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-19 16:22:19 -05:00
Johannes Berg
053c095a82 netlink: make nlmsg_end() and genlmsg_end() void
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.

This makes the very common pattern of

  if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }

be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do

  return nlmsg_end(...);

and the caller is expected to deal with it.

This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write

  if (my_function(...))
    /* error condition */

and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.

Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.

Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did

-	return nlmsg_end(...);
+	nlmsg_end(...);
+	return 0;

I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.

One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-18 01:03:45 -05:00
Johannes Berg
5700712122 cfg80211: fix checking nl80211_send_station() return value
The return value from nl80211_send_station() is the length of the
skb, or a negative error, so abort sending the message only when
the return value was negative.

This fixes the ibss_rsn wpa_supplicant test case.

Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-16 21:05:52 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b51f3beecf cfg80211: change bandwidth reporting to explicit field
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.

Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.

While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.

In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 22:41:32 +01:00
Johannes Berg
97d910d0aa cfg80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so
it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them
yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them.

In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve
API and ABI.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-15 16:05:21 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
75453ccb61 nl80211: send netdetect configuration info in NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN
Send the netdetect configuration information in the response to
NL8021_CMD_GET_WOWLAN commands.  This includes the scan interval,
SSIDs to match and frequencies to scan.

Additionally, add the NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT with
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-14 09:45:17 +01:00
Johannes Berg
6de39808cf nl80211: support per-TID station statistics
The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support
exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently)
covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures
thereof.

Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC
because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all
frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also
for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data
frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't
determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we
received.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:18 +01:00
Johannes Berg
a76b1942a1 cfg80211: add nl80211 beacon-only statistics
Add these two values:
 * BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer
 * BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only

These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:13 +01:00
Johannes Berg
319090bf6c cfg80211: remove enum station_info_flags
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
 * remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
   (assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
 * add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
   but not in nl80211 yet

This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:10 +01:00
Johannes Berg
cf5ead822d cfg80211: allow including station info in delete event
When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to
userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of
all stations that ever connected to an AP.

Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the
cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing
a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the
nl80211 event message.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:28:00 +01:00
Johannes Berg
052536abfa cfg80211: add scan time to survey data
Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be
reported by drivers that collect such information.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:58 +01:00
Johannes Berg
11f78ac32b cfg80211: allow survey data to return global data
Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly
time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these
statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices
to report them (if userspace requested it)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:54 +01:00
Johannes Berg
4ed20bebf5 cfg80211: remove "channel" from survey names
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-08 15:27:52 +01:00
Johannes Berg
3a4b0c948d Merge branch 'mac80211' into mac80211-next
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-07 14:39:16 +01:00
Johannes Berg
71b836eca7 nl80211: define multicast group names in header
Put the group names into the userspace API header file so that
userspace clients can use symbolic names from there instead of
hardcoding the actual names. This doesn't really change much,
but seems somewhat cleaner.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 12:10:26 +01:00
Gautam Kumar Shukla
d75bb06b61 cfg80211: add extensible feature flag attribute
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.

Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-01-06 12:10:24 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen
93a1e86ce1 nl80211: Stop scheduled scan if netlink client disappears
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-18 14:38:44 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen
31a60ed1e9 nl80211: Convert sched_scan_req pointer to RCU pointer
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-18 14:38:09 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov
1bdd716cbc cfg80211: return private regdom for self-managed devices
If a device has self-managed regulatory, insist on returning the wiphy
specific regdomain if a wiphy-idx is specified. The global regdomain is
meaningless for such devices.

Also add an attribute for self-managed devices, so usermode can
distinguish them as such.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Jonathan Doron
b0d7aa5959 cfg80211: allow wiphy specific regdomain management
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.

A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.

After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov
ad30ca2c03 cfg80211: allow usermode to query wiphy specific regdom
If a wiphy-idx is specified, the kernel will return the wiphy specific
regdomain, if such exists. Otherwise return the global regdom.

When no wiphy-idx is specified, return the global regdomain as well as
all wiphy-specific regulatory domains in the system, via a new nested
list of attributes.

Add a new attribute for each wiphy-specific regdomain, for usermode to
identify it as such.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-17 11:49:55 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
f89f46cf3a nl80211: check matches array length before acessing it
If the userspace passes a malformed sched scan request (or a net
detect wowlan configuration) by adding a NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH
attribute without any nested matchsets, a NULL pointer dereference
will occur.  Fix this by checking that we do have matchsets in our
array before trying to access it.

BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000024
IP: [<ffffffffa002fd69>] nl80211_parse_sched_scan.part.67+0x6e9/0x900 [cfg80211]
PGD 865c067 PUD 865b067 PMD 0
Oops: 0002 [#1] SMP
Modules linked in: iwlmvm(O) iwlwifi(O) mac80211(O) cfg80211(O) compat(O) [last unloaded: compat]
CPU: 2 PID: 2442 Comm: iw Tainted: G           O   3.17.2 #31
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
task: ffff880013800790 ti: ffff880008d80000 task.ti: ffff880008d80000
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa002fd69>]  [<ffffffffa002fd69>] nl80211_parse_sched_scan.part.67+0x6e9/0x900 [cfg80211]
RSP: 0018:ffff880008d838d0  EFLAGS: 00010293
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: 0000000000000000 RCX: 0000000000000000
RDX: 000000000000143c RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: ffff880008ee8dd0
RBP: ffff880008d83948 R08: 0000000000000002 R09: 0000000000000019
R10: ffff88001d1b3c40 R11: 0000000000000002 R12: ffff880019e85e00
R13: 00000000fffffed4 R14: ffff880009757800 R15: 0000000000001388
FS:  00007fa3b6d13700(0000) GS:ffff88003e200000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS:  0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033
CR2: 0000000000000024 CR3: 0000000008670000 CR4: 00000000000006e0
Stack:
 ffff880009757800 ffff880000000001 0000000000000000 ffff880008ee84e0
 0000000000000000 ffff880009757800 00000000fffffed4 ffff880008d83948
 ffffffff814689c9 ffff880009757800 ffff880008ee8000 0000000000000000
Call Trace:
 [<ffffffff814689c9>] ? nla_parse+0xb9/0x120
 [<ffffffffa00306de>] nl80211_set_wowlan+0x75e/0x960 [cfg80211]
 [<ffffffff810bf3d5>] ? mark_held_locks+0x75/0xa0
 [<ffffffff8161a77b>] genl_family_rcv_msg+0x18b/0x360
 [<ffffffff810bf66d>] ? trace_hardirqs_on+0xd/0x10
 [<ffffffff8161a9d4>] genl_rcv_msg+0x84/0xc0
 [<ffffffff8161a950>] ? genl_family_rcv_msg+0x360/0x360
 [<ffffffff81618e79>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa9/0xd0
 [<ffffffff81619458>] genl_rcv+0x28/0x40
 [<ffffffff816184a5>] netlink_unicast+0x105/0x180
 [<ffffffff8161886f>] netlink_sendmsg+0x34f/0x7a0
 [<ffffffff8105a097>] ? kvm_clock_read+0x27/0x40
 [<ffffffff815c644d>] sock_sendmsg+0x8d/0xc0
 [<ffffffff811a75c9>] ? might_fault+0xb9/0xc0
 [<ffffffff811a756e>] ? might_fault+0x5e/0xc0
 [<ffffffff815d5d26>] ? verify_iovec+0x56/0xe0
 [<ffffffff815c73e0>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x3d0/0x3e0
 [<ffffffff810a7be8>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x98/0xd0
 [<ffffffff810611b4>] ? __do_page_fault+0x254/0x580
 [<ffffffff810bb39f>] ? up_read+0x1f/0x40
 [<ffffffff810611b4>] ? __do_page_fault+0x254/0x580
 [<ffffffff812146ed>] ? __fget_light+0x13d/0x160
 [<ffffffff815c7b02>] __sys_sendmsg+0x42/0x80
 [<ffffffff815c7b52>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
 [<ffffffff81751f69>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b

Fixes: ea73cbce4e ("nl80211: fix scheduled scan RSSI matchset attribute confusion")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.15+]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-12-12 12:33:25 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ea372c5452 cfg80211: remove unneeded initialisations in nl80211_set_reg
Some variables are assigned unconditionally, remove their
initialisations to help avoid introducing errors later.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-28 14:54:31 +01:00
Johannes Berg
601555cd75 nl80211: don't crash sending invalid chandef
One of the cases for an invalid channel definition is that
the channel pointer is NULL, in which case the warning is
a bit late since we'll dereference the pointer. Bail out
of the function upon warning about this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-27 17:27:52 +01:00
Johannes Berg
98f0334263 cfg80211: clean up beacon loss CQM event
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.

Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-26 20:56:42 +01:00
Johannes Berg
5b97f49d65 cfg80211: refactor the various CQM event sending code
Much of the code can be shared by moving it into helper functions
for the CQM event sending.

Also move the code closer together, even in the header file.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-26 12:47:38 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ea9eba6a8b cfg80211: remove pointless channel lookup in survey code
We have a channel pointer, and we use its center frequency
to look up a channel pointer - which will thus be exactly
the same as the original pointer.

Remove that pointless lookup and just use the pointer.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-25 09:57:27 +01:00
Tomasz Bursztyka
8f894be2df nl80211: Broadcast CMD_NEW_INTERFACE and CMD_DEL_INTERFACE
Let the other listeners being notified when a new or del interface
command has been issued, thus reducing later necessary request to be in
sync with current context.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 19:02:42 +01:00
Jukka Rissanen
18e5ca65e5 nl80211: Replace interface socket owner attribute with more generic one
Replace NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER attribute with more generic
NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER that can be used with other commands
that interface creation.

Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:54:40 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
d687cbb703 cfg80211: protect fools returning NULL in add_virtual_intf
Callback add_virtual_intf is supposed to return ERR_PTR and trying to
return NULL results in some "Unable to handle kernel paging request",
etc. As it may be complicated to debug & trace, let's catch it (WARN).

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:50:34 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ad2b26abc1 cfg80211: allow drivers to support random MAC addresses for scan
Add the necessary feature flags and a scan flag to support using
random MAC addresses for scan while unassociated.

The configuration for this supports an arbitrary MAC address
value and mask, so that any kind of configuration (e.g. fixed
OUI or full 46-bit random) can be requested. Full 46-bit random
is the default when no other configuration is passed.

Also add a small helper function to use the addr/mask correctly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:52 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
8cd4d4563e cfg80211: add wowlan net-detect support
Add a new WoWLAN API to enable net-detect as a wake up trigger.
Net-detect allows the device to scan in the background while the
host is asleep to wake up the host system when a matching network
is found.

Reuse the scheduled scan attributes to specify how the scan is
performed while suspended and the matches that will trigger a
wake event.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:45 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
256da02d18 cfg80211: refactor nl80211_start_sched_scan so it can be reused
For net detect, we will need to reuse most of the scheduled scan
parsing function, but not all, so split out the attributes parsing
part out of the main start sched_scan function.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:42 +01:00
Arik Nemtsov
1057d35ede cfg80211: introduce TDLS channel switch commands
Introduce commands to initiate and cancel TDLS channel-switching. Once
TDLS channel-switching is started, the lower level driver is responsible
for continually initiating channel-switch operations and returning to
the base (AP) channel to listen for beacons from time to time.

Upon cancellation of the channel-switch all communication between the
relevant TDLS peers will continue on the base channel.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-19 18:45:12 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
d04b5ac9e7 cfg80211/mac80211: allow any interface to send channel switch notifications
For multi-vif channel switches, we want to send
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY to the userspace to let it decide whether
other interfaces need to be moved as well.  This is needed when we
want a P2P GO interface to follow the channel of a station, for
example.

Modify the code so that all interfaces can send CSA notifications.
Additionally, send notifications for STA CSA as well.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 10:20:18 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
f8d7552e94 cfg80211: add channel switch started notification
Add a new NL80211_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY message that can be sent to
the userspace when a channel switch process has started.  This allows
userspace to take action, for instance, by requesting other interfaces
to switch channel as necessary.

This patch introduces a function that allows the drivers to send this
notification.  It should be used when the driver starts processing a
channel switch initiated by a remote device (eg. when a STA receives a
CSA from the AP) and when it successfully starts a userspace-triggered
channel switch (eg. when hostapd triggers a channel swith in the AP).

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-10 10:20:14 +01:00
Henning Rogge
1ef4c85049 cfg80211: fix nl80211 cmd id in nl80211_send_mpath()
Netlink command for nl80211_send_mpath() should be NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH.

Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 16:37:22 +01:00
Rostislav Lisovy
6e0bd6c35b cfg80211: 802.11p OCB mode handling
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.

Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.

Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 13:18:17 +01:00
Johannes Berg
de4fcbadde cfg80211: avoid using default in interface type switch
Most code avoids having a default case in interface type switch
statements already, to make it easier to find places that need
to be extended. Change the code in the __cfg80211_leave() and
nl80211_key_allowed() functions to not have a default case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-31 14:19:19 +01:00
Fabian Frederick
dcc6c2f516 cfg80211: fix set but not used warning in nl80211_channel_switch()
radar_detect_width is unused since commit 97dc94f1d9
("cfg80211: remove channel_switch combination check")

Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-29 18:42:51 +01:00
Ben Greear
e8f479b112 cfg80211: support configuring vif mac addr on create
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Keeps udev from mucking with things it shouldn't, since
the default MAC is never seen by udev when specified on
the cmd-line during creation.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[check for feature flag in nl80211 to force drivers to set it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-27 08:48:33 +01:00
Johannes Berg
723e73acd1 cfg80211: make WMM TSPEC support flag an nl80211 feature flag
During the review of the corresponding wpa_supplicant patches we
noticed that the only way for it to detect that this functionality
is supported currently is to check for the command support. This
can be misleading though, as the command was also designed to, in
the future, support pure 802.11 TSPECs.

Expose the WMM-TSPEC feature flag to nl80211 so later we can also
expose an 802.11-TSPEC feature flag (if needed) to differentiate
the two cases.

Note: this change isn't needed in 3.18 as there's no driver there
yet that supports the functionality at all.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-22 10:41:49 +02:00
Johannes Berg
8fa74e3aa6 Merge branch 'mac80211' into mac80211-next
This was needed to avoid conflicts in the minstrel changes.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-20 21:39:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
988568669d cfg80211: Specify frame and reason code for NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION
The optional NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
attributes can now be included in NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION to indicate to
the driver which frame (Deauthentication/Disassociation) and reason code
in that frame should be used to indicate removal to the specific
station. This is used by drivers that implement AP SME and generate
those frames internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-20 16:39:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89c771e5a6 cfg80211: Convert del_station() callback to use a param struct
This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls
without having to modify all drivers that use this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-20 16:24:21 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
252e07ca5f nl80211: sanity check the channel switch counter value
The nl80211 channel switch count attribute
(NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT) is specified as u32, but the
specification uses u8 for the counter.  To make sure strange things
don't happen without informing the user, sanity check the value and
return -EINVAL if it doesn't fit in u8.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-09 11:25:11 +02:00
Henning Rogge
66be7d2bcd cfg80211: add ops to query mesh proxy path table
Add two new cfg80211 operations for querying a table with proxied mesh
paths.

Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-09 11:19:07 +02:00
David S. Miller
57219dc7bf Merge tag 'master-2014-09-16' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next
John W. Linville says:

====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-09-22

Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream...

For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:

"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."

For the bluetooth bits, Johan says:

"Here are some more patches intended for 3.18. Most of them are cleanups
or fixes for SMP. The only exception is a fix for BR/EDR L2CAP fixed
channels which should now work better together with the L2CAP
information request procedure."

For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:

"I fix here dvm which was broken by my last pull request. Arik
continues to work on TDLS and Luca solved a few issues in CT-Kill. Eyal
keeps digging into rate scaling code, more to come soon. Besides this,
nothing really special here."

Beyond that, there are the usual big batches of updates to ath9k, b43,
mwifiex, and wil6210 as well as a handful of other bits here and there.
Also, rtlwifi gets some btcoexist attention from Larry.

Please let me know if there are problems!
====================

Had to adjust the wil6210 code to comply with Joe Perches's recent
change in net-next to make the netdev_*() routines return void instead
of 'int'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-26 15:39:24 -04:00
David S. Miller
1f6d80358d Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	arch/mips/net/bpf_jit.c
	drivers/net/can/flexcan.c

Both the flexcan and MIPS bpf_jit conflicts were cases of simple
overlapping changes.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-23 12:09:27 -04:00
Eliad Peller
18998c381b cfg80211: allow requesting SMPS mode on ap start
Add feature bits to indicate device support for
static-smps and dynamic-smps modes.

Add a new NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE attribue to allow
configuring the smps mode to be used by the ap
(e.g. configuring to ap to dynamic smps mode will
reduce power consumption while having minor effect
on throughput)

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-11 13:37:02 +02:00
Eliad Peller
b0b6aa2c8e cfg80211/mac80211: add wmm info to assoc event
Userspace might need to know what queues are configured
for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs).

Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm
nested attribute)

Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp,
and update its callers.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-11 12:24:39 +02:00
Johannes Berg
960d01acf6 cfg80211: add WMM traffic stream API
Add nl80211 and driver API to validate, add and delete traffic
streams with appropriate settings.

The API calls for userspace doing the action frame handshake
with the peer, and then allows only to set up the parameters
in the driver. To avoid setting up a session only to tear it
down again, the validate API is provided, but the real usage
later can still fail so userspace must be prepared for that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-11 12:21:18 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5393b917bc cfg80211: clear nl80211 messages carrying keys after processing
Clear any nl80211 messages that might contain keys after
processing them to avoid leaving their data in memory
"forever" after they've been freed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-11 12:07:39 +02:00
Johannes Berg
78f686cae0 cfg80211: don't put kek/kck/replay counter on the stack
There's no need to put the values on the stack, just pass a
pointer to the data in the nl80211 message. This reduces stack
usage and avoids potential issues with putting sensitive data
on the stack.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-11 12:07:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
b47f610bd6 cfg80211: clear connect keys when freeing them
When freeing the connect keys, clear the memory to avoid
having the key material stick around in memory "forever".

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-11 12:07:18 +02:00
Lorenzo Bianconi
3057dbfdab cfg80211: enable dynack through nl80211
Enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) using mac80211
set_coverage_class API. Dynack is activated passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers and it is automatically disabled setting valid value for
coverage class.
Define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute to enable dynack from
userspace. In order to activate dynack NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature
flag must be set by lower drivers to indicate dynack capability.

Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-05 13:54:03 +02:00
Assaf Krauss
bab5ab7d2a nl80211: Add flag attribute for RRM connections
Add a flag attribute to use in associations, for tagging the target
connection as supporting RRM. It is the responsibility of upper
layers to set this flag only if both the underlying device, and the
target network indeed support RRM.
To be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT commands.

Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-05 13:52:08 +02:00
Johannes Berg
2740f0cf8e cfg80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.

For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-05 13:52:06 +02:00
Johannes Berg
bd8c78e78d nl80211: clear skb cb before passing to netlink
In testmode and vendor command reply/event SKBs we use the
skb cb data to store nl80211 parameters between allocation
and sending. This causes the code for CONFIG_NETLINK_MMAP
to get confused, because it takes ownership of the skb cb
data when the SKB is handed off to netlink, and it doesn't
explicitly clear it.

Clear the skb cb explicitly when we're done and before it
gets passed to netlink to avoid this issue.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [this goes way back]
Reported-by: Assaf Azulay <assaf.azulay@intel.com>
Reported-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-03 11:13:14 +02:00
Johannes Berg
0e227084ae cfg80211: clarify BSS probe response vs. beacon data
There are a few possible cases of where BSS data came from:
 1) only a beacon has been received
 2) only a probe response has been received
 3) the driver didn't report what it received (this happens when
    using cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]())
 4) both probe response and beacon data has been received

Unfortunately, in the userspace API, a few things weren't there:
 a) there was no way to differentiate cases 1) and 4) above
    without comparing the data of the IEs
 b) the TSF was always from the last frame, instead of being
    exposed for beacon/probe response separately like IEs

Fix this by
   i) exporting a new flag attribute that indicates whether or
      not probe response data has been received - this addresses (a)
  ii) exporting a BEACON_TSF attribute that holds the beacon's TSF
      if a beacon has been received
 iii) not exporting the beacon attributes in case (3) above as that
      would just lead userspace into thinking the data actually came
      from a beacon when that isn't clear

To implement this, track inside the IEs struct whether or not it
(definitely) came from a beacon.

Reported-by: William Seto
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-08-26 11:16:01 +02:00
John W. Linville
a006827a15 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2014-07-22 13:49:34 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
c72e114046 cfg80211: fix TDLS setup with VHT peers
Some VHT TDLS peers (Google Nexus 5) include the VHT-AID IE in their
TDLS setup request/response. Usermode passes this aid as the station
aid, causing it to fail verifiction, since this happens in the
"set_station" stage. Make an exception for the TDLS use-case.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-07-21 12:14:04 +02:00
John W. Linville
5c4d5e816c Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2014-07-10 17:00:24 -04:00
Michal Kazior
97dc94f1d9 cfg80211: remove channel_switch combination check
Driver is now responsible for veryfing if the
switch is possible.

Since this is inherently tricky driver may decide
to disconnect an interface later with
cfg80211_stop_iface().

This doesn't mean driver can accept everything. It
should do it's best to verify requests and reject
them as soon as possible.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-25 18:06:20 +02:00
Johannes Berg
02df00eb00 nl80211: move set_qos_map command into split state
The non-split wiphy state shouldn't be increased in size
so move the new set_qos_map command into the split if
statement.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+)
Fixes: fa9ffc7456 ("cfg80211: Add support for QoS mapping")
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-24 16:13:10 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
31fa97c5de cfg80211: pass TDLS initiator in tdls_mgmt operations
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.

Fix dependent drivers - mwifiex and mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-23 14:24:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3bb2055672 cfg80211: send events when devices are added/removed
We're currently sending NEW_WIPHY events for renames (which
is a bit odd, but now can't be changed), but also send them
for really new devices that register.

Also send DEL_WIPHY events when a device is removed, the
event ID for this was already reserved.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-26 13:52:25 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
867d849fc8 cfg80211: export expected throughput through get_station()
Users may need information about the expected throughput
towards a given peer.
This value is supposed to consider the size overhead
generated by the 802.11 header.

This value is exported in kbps through the get_station() API
by including it into the station_info object.
Moreover, it is sent to user space when replying to the
nl80211 GET_STATION command.

This information will be useful to the batman-adv module
which will use it for its new metric computation.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-20 15:13:32 +02:00
Johannes Berg
922bd80fc3 cfg80211: constify wowlan/coalesce mask/pattern pointers
This requires changing the nl80211 parsing code a bit to use
intermediate pointers for the allocation, but clarifies the
API towards the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-19 18:06:50 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
9a774c78e2 cfg80211: Support multiple CSA counters
Change the type of NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON and
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP to be NLA_BINARY which allows
userspace to use beacons and probe responses with
multiple CSA counters.
This isn't breaking the API since userspace can
continue to use nla_put_u16 for this attributes, which
is equivalent to a single element u16 array.
In addition advertise max number of supported CSA counters.
This is needed when using CSA and eCSA IEs together.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-15 15:00:42 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
34d22ce22b cfg80211: Add API to update CSA counters in mgmt frames
Add NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX which holds an array
of offsets to the CSA counters which should be updated
when sending a management frames with NL80211_CMD_FRAME.

This API should be used by the drivers that wish to keep the
CSA counter updated in probe responses, but do not implement
probe response offloading and so, do not use
ieee80211_proberesp_get function.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-15 14:52:44 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
00ec75fc5a cfg80211: pass the actual iftype when calling cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()
There is no need to pass NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED when calling
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() since we always already have the
interface type.  So, pass the actual interface type instead.

Additionally, have cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() WARN if the passed
interface type is NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, so we can detect
problems more easily.

Tested-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-15 14:50:34 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
8c48b50a1a cfg80211: allow restricting supported dfs regions
At the moment, the ath9k/ath10k DFS module only supports detecting ETSI
radar patterns.
Add a bitmap in the interface combinations, indicating which DFS regions
are supported by the detector. If unset, support for all regions is
assumed.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-13 15:50:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e16821bcfb cfg80211: Dynamic channel bandwidth changes in AP mode
This extends NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL to allow dynamic channel bandwidth
changes in AP mode (including P2P GO) during a lifetime of the BSS. This
can be used to implement, e.g., HT 20/40 MHz co-existence rules on the
2.4 GHz band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-28 18:09:59 +02:00
Rostislav Lisovy
ea077c1cea cfg80211: Add attributes describing prohibited channel bandwidth
Since there are frequency bands (e.g. 5.9GHz) allowing channels
with only 10 or 5 MHz bandwidth, this patch adds attributes that
allow keeping track about this information.

When channel attributes are reported to user-space, make sure to
not break old tools, i.e. if the 'split wiphy dump' is enabled,
report the extra attributes (if present) describing the bandwidth
restrictions.  If the 'split wiphy dump' is not enabled,
completely omit those channels that have flags set to either
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ or IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ.

Add the check for new bandwidth restriction flags in
cfg80211_chandef_usable() to comply with the restrictions.

Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-25 17:38:23 +02:00
Zhao, Gang
6784c7db8d cfg80211: change return value of notifier function
Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return
NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's
the formal way to do it.

Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-25 17:33:44 +02:00
Zhao, Gang
f26cbf401b cfg80211: change wiphy_to_dev function name
Name wiphy_to_rdev is more accurate to describe what the function
does, i.e., return a pointer pointing to struct
cfg80211_registered_device.

Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-25 17:33:04 +02:00
Zhao, Gang
1b8ec87aa0 cfg80211: change registered device pointer name
Name "dev" is too common and ambiguous, let all the pointer name
pointing to struct cfg80211_registered_device be "rdev". This can
improve code readability and consistency(since other places have
already called it rdev).

Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-25 17:32:56 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
b6a550156b cfg80211/mac80211: move more combination checks to mac80211
Get rid of the cfg80211_can_add_interface() and
cfg80211_can_change_interface() functions by moving that functionality
to mac80211.  With this patch all interface combination checks are now
out of cfg80211 (except for the channel switch case which will be
addressed in a future commit).

Additionally, modify the ieee80211_check_combinations() function so
that an undefined chandef can be passed, in order to use it before a
channel is defined.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:47 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
73de86a389 cfg80211/mac80211: move interface counting for combination check to mac80211
Move the counting part of the interface combination check from
cfg80211 to mac80211.

This is needed to simplify locking when the driver has to perform a
combination check by itself (eg. with channel-switch).

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:43 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
2beb6dab2d cfg80211/mac80211: refactor cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required()
Some interface types don't require DFS (such as STATION, P2P_CLIENT
etc).  In order to centralize these decisions, make
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() take the iftype into consideration.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:41 +02:00
Ilan Peer
52616f2b44 cfg80211: Add an option to hint indoor operation
Add the option to hint the wireless core that it is operating in an indoor
environment.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:35 +02:00
Ilan Peer
174e0cd28a cfg80211: Enable GO operation on additional channels
Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT
iff there is an active station interface that is associated to
an AP operating on the same channel in the 2 GHz band or the same UNII band
(in the 5 GHz band). This relaxation is not allowed if the channel is
marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR.

Note that this is a permissive approach to the FCC definitions,
that require a clear assessment that the device operating the AP is
an authorized master, i.e., with radar detection and DFS capabilities.

It is assumed that such restrictions are enforced by user space.
Furthermore, it is assumed, that if the conditions that allowed for
the operation of the GO on such a channel change, i.e., the station
interface disconnected from the AP, it is the responsibility of user
space to evacuate the GO from the channel.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:34 +02:00
David Spinadel
570dbde137 cfg80211: Add indoor only and GO concurrent channel attributes
The FCC are clarifying some soft configuration requirements,
which among other include the following:

1. Indoor operation, where a device can use channels requiring indoor
   operation, subject to that it can guarantee indoor operation,
   i.e., the device is connected to AC Power or the device is under
   the control of a local master that is acting as an AP and is
   connected to AC Power.
2. Concurrent GO operation, where devices may instantiate a P2P GO
   while they are under the guidance of an authorized master. For example,
   on a channel on which a BSS is connected to an authorized master, i.e.,
   with DFS and radar detection capability in the UNII band.

See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122

Add support for advertising Indoor-only and GO-Concurrent channel
properties.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:32 +02:00
Johannes Berg
78f22b6a3a cfg80211: allow userspace to take ownership of interfaces
When dynamically creating interfaces from userspace, e.g. for P2P usage,
such interfaces are usually owned by the process that created them, i.e.
wpa_supplicant. Should wpa_supplicant crash, such interfaces will often
cease operating properly and cause problems on restarting the process.

To avoid this problem, introduce an ownership concept for interfaces. If
an interface is owned by a netlink socket, then it will be destroyed if
the netlink socket is closed for any reason, including if the process it
belongs to crashed. This gives us a race-free way to get rid of any such
interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-09 10:55:28 +02:00
Ilan Peer
7c8d5e03ac cfg80211: send stop AP event only due to internal reason
Commit "nl80211: send event when AP operation is stopped" added an
event to notify user space that an AP interface has been stopped, to
handle cases such as suspend etc. The event is sent regardless
if the stop AP flow was triggered by user space or due to internal state
change.

This might cause issues with wpa_supplicant/hostapd flows that consider
stop AP flow as a synchronous one, e.g., AP/GO channel change in the
absence of CSA support. In such cases, the flow will restart the AP
immediately after the stop AP flow is done, and only handle the stop
AP event after the current flow is done, and as a result stop the AP
again.

Change the current implementation to only send the event in case the
stop AP was triggered due to an internal reason.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-25 17:34:18 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
31559f35c5 cfg80211: DFS get CAC time from regulatory database
Send Channel Availability Check time as a parameter
of start_radar_detection() callback.
Get CAC time from regulatory database.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-25 17:32:54 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
089027e57c cfg80211: regulatory: allow getting DFS CAC time from userspace
Introduce DFS CAC time as a regd param, configured per REG_RULE and
set per channel in cfg80211. DFS CAC time is close connected with
regulatory database configuration. Instead of using hardcoded values,
get DFS CAC time form regulatory database. Pass DFS CAC time to user
mode (mainly for iw reg get, iw list, iw info). Allow setting DFS CAC
time via CRDA. Add support for internal regulatory database.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[rewrap commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-25 17:29:25 +01:00
Luciano Coelho
e5d2f95471 nl80211: make sure we check for DFS with mesh channel switch
Since mesh support for DFS channels was added, we also need to check
for DFS channels when performing a channel switch with
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESHPOINT.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[use switch statement, slight code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-21 09:31:19 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
b0dfd2ea12 cfg80211: regulatory: introduce NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW rule flag
Introduce NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW rule flag. If this flag set
maximum available bandwidth should be calculated base on
contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.

In case of old kernels maximum bandwidth from regulatory
rule will be used, while there is no NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW flag.

This fixes the previous commit 9752482083
("cfg80211: regulatory introduce maximum bandwidth calculation")
which was found to be a problem for userspace API compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[edit commit log, use sizeof()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-21 09:27:28 +01:00
Sunil Dutt Undekari
df942e7ba7 cfg80211: Pass TDLS peer capability information in tdls_mgmt
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct
the VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the
presence of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.

The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-20 11:55:25 +01:00
Johannes Berg
bf5f48339a Merge remote-tracking branch 'wireless-next/master' into mac80211-next 2014-02-20 11:55:12 +01:00
John W. Linville
0e028ab0fb Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2014-02-13 14:43:02 -05:00
Johannes Berg
9900e4843c nl80211: use ie_len in scheduled scan
We've already checked the IE length and assigned request->ie
based on that, so continue using it to make the code a bit
clearer.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-12 15:07:18 +01:00
Johannes Berg
f9d15d162b cfg80211: send scan results from work queue
Due to the previous commit, when a scan finishes, it is in theory
possible to hit the following sequence:
 1. interface starts being removed
 2. scan is cancelled by driver and cfg80211 is notified
 3. scan done work is scheduled
 4. interface is removed completely, rdev->scan_req is freed,
    event sent to userspace but scan done work remains pending
 5. new scan is requested on another virtual interface
 6. scan done work runs, freeing the still-running scan

To fix this situation, hang on to the scan done message and block
new scans while that is the case, and only send the message from
the work function, regardless of whether the scan_req is already
freed from interface removal. This makes step 5 above impossible
and changes step 6 to be
 5. scan done work runs, sending the scan done message

As this can't work for wext, so we send the message immediately,
but this shouldn't be an issue since we still return -EBUSY.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-06 09:55:19 +01:00
Pontus Fuchs
f12cb28930 nl80211: Reset split_start when netlink skb is exhausted
When the netlink skb is exhausted split_start is left set. In the
subsequent retry, with a larger buffer, the dump is continued from the
failing point instead of from the beginning.

This was causing my rt28xx based USB dongle to now show up when
running "iw list" with an old iw version without split dump support.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 3713b4e364 ("nl80211: allow splitting wiphy information in dumps")
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[avoid the entire workaround when state->split is set]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-06 09:55:17 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
9752482083 cfg80211: regulatory introduce maximum bandwidth calculation
In case we will get regulatory request with rule
where max_bandwidth_khz is set to 0 handle this
case as a special one.

If max_bandwidth_khz == 0 we should calculate maximum
available bandwidth base on all frequency contiguous rules.
In case we need auto calculation we just have to set:

country PL: DFS-ETSI
        (2402 - 2482 @ 40), (N/A, 20)
        (5170 - 5250 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20)
        (5250 - 5330 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20), DFS
        (5490 - 5710 @ 80), (N/A, 27), DFS

This mean we will calculate maximum bw for rules where
AUTO (N/A) were set, 160MHz (5330 - 5170) in example above.
So we will get:
        (5170 - 5250 @ 160), (N/A, 20)
        (5250 - 5330 @ 160), (N/A, 20), DFS

In other case:
country FR: DFS-ETSI
        (2402 - 2482 @ 40), (N/A, 20)
        (5170 - 5250 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20)
        (5250 - 5330 @ 80), (N/A, 20), DFS
        (5490 - 5710 @ 80), (N/A, 27), DFS

We will get 80MHz (5250 - 5170):
        (5170 - 5250 @ 80), (N/A, 20)
        (5250 - 5330 @ 80), (N/A, 20), DFS

Base on this calculations we will set correct channel
bandwidth flags (eg. IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ).

We don't need any changes in CRDA or internal regulatory.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[extend nl80211 description a bit, fix typo]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 14:03:19 +01:00
Michal Kazior
9e0e29615a cfg80211: consider existing DFS interfaces
It was possible to break interface combinations in
the following way:

 combo 1: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 2, num_chans = 2,
 combo 2: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 1, num_chans = 1, radar = HT20

With the above interface combinations it was
possible to:

 step 1. start AP on DFS channel by matching combo 2
 step 2. start AP on non-DFS channel by matching combo 1

This was possible beacuse (step 2) did not consider
if other interfaces require radar detection.

The patch changes how cfg80211 tracks channels -
instead of channel itself now a complete chandef
is stored.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:58:17 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
96f55f12a2 cfg80211: set preset_chandef after channel switch
Set preset_chandef in channel switch notification.
In other case we will have old preset_chandef.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:58:13 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ea73cbce4e nl80211: fix scheduled scan RSSI matchset attribute confusion
The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters,
with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed
to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was
broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own
matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything
that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead
it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI.

This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters
like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which
one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed.

To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As
we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the
RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets,
but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by
itself is still desirable.)

To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold
for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl.

I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted
a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI,
but that patch didn't address the semantic issue.

Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:58:12 +01:00
Johannes Berg
348baf0eac nl80211: send event when AP operation is stopped
There are a few cases, e.g. suspend, where an AP interface is
stopped by the kernel rather than by userspace request, most
commonly when suspending. To let userspace know about this,
send the NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP command as an event every time
an AP interface is stopped. This also happens when userspace
did in fact request the AP stop, but that's not a problem.

For full-MAC drivers this may need to be extended to also
cover cases where the device stopped the AP operation for
some reason, this a bit more complicated because then all
cfg80211 state also needs to be reset; such API is not part
of this patch.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:58:08 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ae811e21df nl80211: check nla_parse() return values
If there's a policy, then nla_parse() return values must be
checked, otherwise the policy is useless and there's nothing
that ensures the attributes are actually what we expect them
to be.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:57:56 +01:00
Johannes Berg
94e860f13d nl80211: make netlink attribute policies const
There's no reason for netlink attribute policies to be
__read_mostly, they can just be const.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:48:22 +01:00
Johannes Berg
1ff79dfa37 nl80211: check channel switch validity better
Before allowing userspace to initiate a channel switch, check
that it's actually connected in some sense. Also use a more
appropriate error code for the not connected case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:48:16 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
0b9323f600 nl80211: add Guard Interval support for set_bitrate_mask
Allow to force SGI, LGI.
Mainly for test purpose.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:48:11 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
664834dee6 cfg80211: Clean up connect params and channel fetching
Addition of the frequency hints showed up couple of places in cfg80211
where pointers could be marked const and a shared function could be used
to fetch a valid channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[fix mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:48:09 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
b43504cf75 cfg80211: Advertise maximum associated STAs in AP mode
This allows drivers to advertise the maximum number of associated
stations they support in AP mode (including P2P GO). User space
applications can use this for cleaner way of handling the limit (e.g.,
hostapd rejecting IEEE 802.11 authentication without manual
configuration of the limit) or to figure out what type of use cases can
be executed with multiple devices before trying and failing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:48:08 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
1df4a51082 cfg80211: Allow BSS hint to be provided for connect
This clarifies the expected driver behavior on the older
NL80211_ATTR_MAC and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ attributes and adds a new
set of similar attributes with _HINT postfix to enable use of a
recommendation of the initial BSS to choose. This can be helpful for
some drivers that can avoid an additional full scan on connection
request if the information is provided to them (user space tools like
wpa_supplicant already has that information available based on earlier
scans).

In addition, this can be used to get more expected behavior for cases
where a specific BSS should be picked first based on operations like
Interworking network selection or WPS. These cases were already easily
addressed with drivers that leave BSS selection to user space, but there
was no convenient way to do this with drivers that take care of BSS
selection internally without using the NL80211_ATTR_MAC which is not
really desired since it is needed for other purposes to force the
association to remain with the same BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[add const, fix policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-04 21:48:07 +01:00
John W. Linville
7916a07557 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2014-01-17 14:43:17 -05:00
Ying Xue
7f2b8562c2 net: nl80211: __dev_get_by_index instead of dev_get_by_index to find interface
As __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs(), nl80211_dump_wiphy_parse() and
nl80211_set_wiphy() are all under rtnl_lock protection,
__dev_get_by_index() instead of dev_get_by_index() should be used
to find interface handler in them allowing us to avoid to change
interface reference counter.

Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-01-14 18:50:47 -08:00
Ilan Peer
bdfbec2d2d cfg80211: Add a function to get the number of supported channels
Add a utility function to get the number of channels supported by
the device, and update the places in the code that need this data.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
[replace another occurrence in libertas, fix kernel-doc, fix bugs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-09 14:24:24 +01:00
Johannes Berg
e03ad6eade nl80211: move vendor/testmode event skb functions out of ifdef
The vendor/testmode event skb functions are needed outside
the ifdef for vendor-specific events, so move them out.

Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-01-06 12:09:09 +01:00
Kyeyoon Park
fa9ffc7456 cfg80211: Add support for QoS mapping
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.

The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).

Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-19 16:29:22 +01:00
Johannes Berg
567ffc3509 nl80211: support vendor-specific events
In addition to vendor-specific commands, also support vendor-specific
events. These must be registered with cfg80211 before they can be used.
They're also advertised in nl80211 in the wiphy information so that
userspace knows can be expected. The events themselves are sent on a
new multicast group called "vendor".

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-19 13:40:31 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
204e35a91c nl80211: add VHT support for set_bitrate_mask
Add VHT MCS/NSS set support for nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask().
This should be used mainly for test purpose, to check
different MCS/NSS VHT combinations.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-16 16:05:17 +01:00
Johannes Berg
c4de673b77 Merge remote-tracking branch 'wireless-next/master' into mac80211-next 2013-12-16 11:23:45 +01:00
John W. Linville
e08fd975bf Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/Kconfig
	net/mac80211/util.c
2013-12-06 09:50:45 -05:00
Janusz Dziedzic
d1e33e654e cfg80211: in bitrate_mask, rename mcs to ht_mcs
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 16:39:07 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
b9243ab0c9 nl80211: allow setting bitrate mask back to default
Allow setting the bitrate masks back to default by
omitting the NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES attribute.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[rephrase commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-05 16:37:08 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ad7e718c9b nl80211: vendor command support
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.

Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.

Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-03 16:27:17 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
7869303b17 nl80211: don't clear bitrate_mask twice
Don't clear cfg80211_bitrate_mask twice in
nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask() function.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-03 15:19:54 +01:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
55f7435c18 cfg80211: DFS check dfs_region before usage
Check the DFS region before channel availability check.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-03 13:53:40 +01:00
Marek Kwaczynski
60f4a7b167 nl80211/cfg80211: Set Operating Mode Notification
This attribute is needed for setting Operating Mode Notification
in AP mode from User Space. This functionality is required when
User Space received Assoc Request contains Operation Mode
Notification element.

Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[fix typos, nl80211 documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-03 13:46:42 +01:00
John W. Linville
4b074b0762 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-12-02 14:25:38 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
e487eaeb07 cfg80211/mac80211/ath6kl: acquire wdev lock outside ch_switch_notify
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.

Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-02 11:51:54 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich
c56589ed1d cfg80211: protect beacon changing functions with wdev-lock
To avoid race conditions in functions which modify the beacon
information, lock these using the wdev lock. This is especially required
to avoid problems for csa handling functions which modify beacons but
can not be called under rtnl lock.

Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-02 11:51:53 +01:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
b176e62940 cfg80211: aggregate mgmt_tx parameters into a struct
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-02 11:51:52 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
01e0daa43f cfg80211: fix reporting 5/10 MHz support to user space
nla_put_flag needs a real nl80211 attribute id, not a wiphy flag bit.
While at it, split 5 and 10 MHz capability flags in case we ever need
to support hardware that can only do one of the two.

Also move the flag settings to the split-only information so we don't
increase the space needed for old userspace.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[change location of flag setting]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-02 11:51:21 +01:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
4c7d3982a6 cfg80211: use enum nl80211_dfs_regions for dfs_region everywhere
u8 was used in some other places, just stick to the enum,
this forces us to express the values that are expected.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 20:52:12 +01:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
e438768ff9 cfg80211: check regulatory request alpha2 early
Currently nl80211 allows userspace to send the kernel
a bogus regulatory domain with at most 32 rules set
and it won't reject it until after its allocated
memory. Let's be smart about it and take advantage
that the last_request is now available under RTNL
and check if the alpha2 matches an expected request
and reject any bogus userspace requests prior to
hitting the memory allocator.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 20:51:02 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
d2859df5e7 cfg80211/mac80211: DFS setup chandef for cac event
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().

This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 20:50:46 +01:00
Johannes Berg
00c3a6ed64 cfg80211: don't allow drivers to unset NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH
As the flag is entirely implemented in cfg80211, it should
have been a global feature flag (which I believe didn't
exist at the time). However, there's no reason to allow
drivers to unset the flag, so don't allow it and remove
the validation of NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 20:50:40 +01:00
Janusz Dziedzic
fe7c3a1f20 cfg80211: DFS check chandef usable before CAC
Check chandef we get in CAC request is usable for CAC.
All channels have to be DFS channels. Allow DFS_USABLE
and DFS_AVAILABLE channels mix. At least one channel
has to be DFS_USABLE (require CAC).

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 20:49:43 +01:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
8fe02e167e cfg80211: consolidate passive-scan and no-ibss flags
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.

Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.

Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:

@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR

Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 20:49:35 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
1b09cd82d8 cfg80211: ignore supported rates for nonexistant bands on scan
Fixes wpa_supplicant p2p_find on 5GHz-only devices

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 16:54:26 +01:00
Johannes Berg
7fa322c878 nl80211: check nla_nest_start() return value
Coverity pointed out that we might dereference NULL later
if nla_nest_start() returns a failure. This isn't really
true since we'd bomb out before, but we should check the
return value directly, so do that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 16:50:07 +01:00
Johannes Berg
9fe271af7d nl80211: fix error path in nl80211_get_key()
Coverity pointed out that in the (practically impossible)
error case we leak the message - fix this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 16:50:06 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ae917c9f55 nl80211: check nla_put_* return values
Coverity pointed out that in a few functions we don't
check the return value of the nla_put_*() calls. Most
of these are fairly harmless because the input isn't
very dynamic and controlled by the kernel, but the
pattern is simply wrong, so fix this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-11-25 16:50:05 +01:00
Johannes Berg
2a94fe48f3 genetlink: make multicast groups const, prevent abuse
Register generic netlink multicast groups as an array with
the family and give them contiguous group IDs. Then instead
of passing the global group ID to the various functions that
send messages, pass the ID relative to the family - for most
families that's just 0 because the only have one group.

This avoids the list_head and ID in each group, adding a new
field for the mcast group ID offset to the family.

At the same time, this allows us to prevent abusing groups
again like the quota and dropmon code did, since we can now
check that a family only uses a group it owns.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-11-19 16:39:06 -05:00
Johannes Berg
68eb55031d genetlink: pass family to functions using groups
This doesn't really change anything, but prepares for the
next patch that will change the APIs to pass the group ID
within the family, rather than the global group ID.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-11-19 16:39:06 -05:00
Johannes Berg
c53ed74236 genetlink: only pass array to genl_register_family_with_ops()
As suggested by David Miller, make genl_register_family_with_ops()
a macro and pass only the array, evaluating ARRAY_SIZE() in the
macro, this is a little safer.

The openvswitch has some indirection, assing ops/n_ops directly in
that code. This might ultimately just assign the pointers in the
family initializations, saving the struct genl_family_and_ops and
code (once mcast groups are handled differently.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-11-19 16:39:05 -05:00
Johannes Berg
4534de8305 genetlink: make all genl_ops users const
Now that genl_ops are no longer modified in place when
registering, they can be made const. This patch was done
mostly with spatch:

@@
identifier ops;
@@
+const
 struct genl_ops ops[] = {
 ...
 };

(except the struct thing in net/openvswitch/datapath.c)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-11-14 17:10:41 -05:00
Johannes Berg
f84f771d94 genetlink: allow making ops const
Allow making the ops array const by not modifying the ops
flags on registration but rather only when ops are sent
out in the family information.

No users are updated yet except for the pre_doit/post_doit
calls in wireless (the only ones that exist now.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-11-14 17:10:41 -05:00
John W. Linville
353c78152c Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Conflicts:
	net/wireless/reg.c
2013-11-05 15:49:02 -05:00
John W. Linville
01925efdf7 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/drv.c
2013-11-04 14:45:14 -05:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
d0a361a5b3 nl80211: fix channel switch parsing
The nl80211 attribute NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON should be nested
inside NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, but commit ee4bc9e758
("nl80211: enable IBSS support for channel switch announcements")
added a check in the outer message attributes.

Fix channel switch calls by removing the erroneus condition.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-28 15:13:04 +01:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
b8456a14e9 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement mesh channel switch userspace API
Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined
in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA
and MCSP elements as followed:
 * Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames
   with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new
   channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and
   probe response frames until the intended channel switch time.
 * The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements
   will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the
   new channel is switched to.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-28 15:05:30 +01:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
c6da674aff {nl,cfg,mac}80211: enable the triggering of CSA frame in mesh
Allow the triggering of CSA frame using mesh interface. The
rules are more or less same with IBSS, such as not allowed to
change between the band and channel width has to be same from
the previous mode. Also, move the ieee80211_send_action_csa
to a common space so that it can be re-used by mesh interface.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-28 15:05:29 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich
5336fa88e8 nl80211/cfg80211: enable DFS for IBSS mode
To use DFS in IBSS mode, userspace is required to react to radar events.
It can inform nl80211 that it is capable of doing so by adding a
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS attribute when joining the IBSS.

This attribute is supplied to let the kernelspace know that the
userspace application can and will handle radar events, e.g. by
intiating channel switches to a valid channel. DFS channels may
only be used if this attribute is supplied and the driver supports
it. Driver support will be checked even if a channel without DFS
will be initially joined, as a DFS channel may be chosen later.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix attribute name in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-28 15:05:21 +01:00
Sunil Dutt
c01fc9ada9 cfg80211: pass station supported channel and oper class info
The information of the peer's supported channels and supported operating
classes are required for the driver to perform TDLS off channel
operations. This commit enhances the function nl80211_(new)set_station
to pass this information of the peer to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com>
[return errors for malformed tuples]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-11 15:26:58 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
ff311bc11a nl80211: allow CAC only if no operation is going on
A CAC should fail if it is triggered while the interface is already
running.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-10-01 13:05:59 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
ee4bc9e758 nl80211: enable IBSS support for channel switch announcements
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-09-26 13:27:15 +02:00
Luciano Coelho
180032973e cfg80211: use the correct macro to check for active monitor support
Use MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE, which is a flag mask, instead of
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, which is a flag index, when checking if the
hardware supports active monitoring.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-09-26 13:22:45 +02:00
John W. Linville
f3e979a52c Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-08-28 13:51:40 -04:00
John W. Linville
b35c809708 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
	net/mac80211/ibss.c
2013-08-28 10:36:09 -04:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
19504cf5f3 cfg80211: add flags to cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-23 16:06:03 +02:00
John W. Linville
d074666366 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-08-16 14:24:51 -04:00
Dan Carpenter
cb35fba360 nl80211: nl80211hdr_put() doesn't return an ERR_PTR
There are a few places which check nl80211hdr_put() for an ERR_PTR
but actually it returns NULL on error and never error values.  In
nl80211_testmode_dump() the return wasn't checked at all so I have
added one.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
[some whitespace changes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-14 14:00:12 +02:00
David Spinadel
fc73f11f5f cfg80211: add wdev to testmode cmd
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-12 14:11:37 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1da5fcc86d nl80211: clean up CQM settings code
Clean up the CQM settings code a bit and while at it
enforce that when setting the threshold to 0 (disable)
the hysteresis is also set to 0 to avoid confusion.
As we haven't enforce it, simply override userspace.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-12 14:08:00 +02:00
John W. Linville
fa5978447c Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-08-09 15:08:10 -04:00
John W. Linville
4f05444892 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2013-08-09 15:06:28 -04:00
John W. Linville
7546ff9549 Merge branch 'for-john' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next 2013-08-01 15:26:52 -04:00
Simon Wunderlich
16ef1fe272 nl80211/cfg80211: add channel switch command
To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add
the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is
implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-01 18:30:28 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c319d50bfc nl80211: fix another nl80211_fam.attrbuf race
This is similar to the race Linus had reported, but in this case
it's an older bug: nl80211_prepare_wdev_dump() uses the wiphy
index in cb->args[0] as it is and thus parses the message over
and over again instead of just once because 0 is the first valid
wiphy index. Similar code in nl80211_testmode_dump() correctly
offsets the wiphy_index by 1, do that here as well.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-30 22:40:34 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
bf37264572 nl80211: allow 5 and 10 MHz channels for IBSS
Whether the wiphy supports it or not is already checked, so what is left
is to enable these channel types.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-16 09:58:11 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
dcd6eac1f3 nl80211: add scan width to bss and scan request structs
To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the
inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into
account.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-16 09:58:01 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar
be29b99a9b cfg80211/nl80211: Add packet coalesce support
In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
and power consumption.

Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received
interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware
for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when
one of the following events occur.
a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to
maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.

This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce.
User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
rule.
a) Maximum coalescing delay
b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
Multiple such rules can be created.

This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization.
Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based
on user configuration.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-16 09:58:00 +03:00
Simon Wunderlich
803768f54e nl80211: enable HT overrides for ibss
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-16 09:57:56 +03:00
Amitkumar Karwar
50ac660784 cfg80211/nl80211: rename packet pattern related structures and enums
Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only
for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature
packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch.

Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-16 09:57:55 +03:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
83374fe9de nl80211: fix the setting of RSSI threshold value for mesh
RSSI threshold value used for mesh peering should be in
negative value. After range checks to mesh parameters is
introduced, this is not allowed. Fix this.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2013-07-16 09:55:58 +03:00
Michal Kazior
a0ec570f4f nl80211: fix mgmt tx status and testmode reporting for netns
These two events were sent to the default network
namespace.

This caused AP mode in a non-default netns to not
work correctly. Mgmt tx status was multicasted to
a different (default) netns instead of the one the
AP was in.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-16 09:55:37 +03:00
John W. Linville
57ed5cd695 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	net/wireless/nl80211.c
2013-06-28 13:18:21 -04:00
John W. Linville
7d2a47aab2 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	net/wireless/nl80211.c
2013-06-21 15:42:30 -04:00
David S. Miller
d98cae64e4 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
	drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
	net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
	net/wireless/nl80211.c

The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.

The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().

Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.

The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved.  In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported.  Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.

However, the dump handlers to not use this logic.  Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking.  There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so.  So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.

To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-06-19 16:49:39 -07:00
Johannes Berg
86e8cf98de nl80211: use small state buffer for wiphy_dump
Avoid parsing the original dump message again and again by
allocating a small state struct that is used by the functions
involved in the dump, storing this struct in cb->args[0].
This reduces the memory allocation size as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-19 18:55:38 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f93beba705 Merge remote-tracking branch 'mac80211/master' into HEAD
Merge mac80211 to avoid conflicts with the nl80211 attrbuf
changes.

Conflicts:
	net/mac80211/iface.c
	net/wireless/nl80211.c

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-19 18:55:12 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3a5a423bb9 nl80211: fix attrbuf access race by allocating a separate one
Since my commit 3713b4e364 ("nl80211: allow splitting wiphy
information in dumps"), nl80211_dump_wiphy() uses the global
nl80211_fam.attrbuf for parsing the incoming data. This wouldn't
be a problem if it only did so on the first dump iteration which
is locked against other commands in generic netlink, but due to
space constraints in cb->args (the needed state doesn't fit) I
decided to always parse the original message. That's racy though
since nl80211_fam.attrbuf could be used by some other parsing in
generic netlink concurrently.

For now, fix this by allocating a separate parse buffer (it's a
bit too big for the stack, currently 1448 bytes on 64-bit). For
-next, I'll change the code to parse into the global buffer in
the first round only and then allocate a smaller buffer to keep
the data in cb->args.

Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-19 18:31:20 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
2f301ab29e nl80211/cfg80211: add 5 and 10 MHz defines and wiphy flag
Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel
handling functions accordingly.

Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
capability.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix spelling in comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-18 16:06:50 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
a1193be83b nl80211: use attributes to parse beacons
only the attributes are required and not the whole netlink info, as the
function accesses the attributes only anyway. This makes it easier to
parse nested beacon IEs later.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-18 15:55:19 +02:00
Johannes Berg
940d0ac9db cfg80211: fix rtnl leak in wiphy dump error cases
In two wiphy dump error cases, most often when the dump allocation
must be increased, the RTNL is leaked. This quickly results in a
complete system lockup. Release the RTNL correctly.

Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-11 16:52:39 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
ea141b75ae nl80211: allow sending CMD_FRAME without specifying any frequency
Users may want to send a frame on the current channel
without specifying it.

This is particularly useful for the correct implementation
of the IBSS/RSN support in wpa_supplicant which requires to
receive and send AUTH frames.

Make mgmt_tx pass a NULL channel to the driver if none has
been specified by the user.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-11 15:01:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3d124ea27a cfg80211: fix VHT TDLS peer AID verification
I (Johannes) accidentally applied the first version of the patch
("Allow TDLS peer AID to be configured for VHT"). Now apply just
the changes between v1 and v2 to get the AID verification and
prefer the new attribute over the old one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-11 14:36:43 +02:00
Ashok Nagarajan
ffb3cf3000 {nl,mac,cfg}80211: Allow user to configure basic rates for mesh
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-11 14:24:36 +02:00
Colleen Twitty
8e7c053853 {nl,cfg}80211: make peer link expiration time configurable
If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity
from for a certain length of time, the peer link is
expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the
list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again
unless it re-peers.  Previously, this inactivity time was
always 30 minutes.  Now, add it to the mesh configuration
and allow it to be configured.  Retain 30 minutes as a
default value.

Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-11 14:16:29 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ceca7b7121 cfg80211: separate internal SME implementation
The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is
very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been
causing issues for a long time. There are three things
that the implementation has to provide:
 * a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect()
   call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is
   really just mac80211) and wireless extensions
 * MLME events for the userspace SME
 * SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all
   different SME implementation possibilities (driver,
   cfg80211 and userspace)

To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the
software SME's connection status outside of it's state
(which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead,
track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the
general case only track whether the wdev is connected
or not (via wdev->current_bss.)

Also separate the internal implementation to not have
callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from
the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211)
calls. This separates the code better.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-04 13:03:11 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6ff57cf888 cfg80211/mac80211: clean up cfg80211 SME APIs
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.

Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.

Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-04 13:03:10 +02:00
Johannes Berg
9c90a9f64c nl80211: remove bogus genlmsg_end() error checking
genlmsg_end() can't return an error since it returns the
skb length so remove checks treating the return value as
an error code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-04 12:47:08 +02:00
Johannes Berg
964dc9e2c3 cfg80211: take WoWLAN support information out of wiphy struct
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-06-03 18:43:34 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
e057d3c31b cfg80211: support an active monitor interface flag
An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via
injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is
useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an
AP via injection and manage the state in user space.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-29 09:11:44 +02:00
Johannes Berg
6abb9cb99f cfg80211: make WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN
behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers
may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while
the host stays up & running to observe the device.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-27 15:10:58 +02:00
Johannes Berg
83739b03de cfg80211: remove some locked wrappers from sme API
By making all the API functions require wdev locking we
can clean up the API a bit, getting rid of the locking
version of each function. This also decreases the size
of cfg80211 by a small amount.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-25 00:02:22 +02:00
Johannes Berg
91bf9b26fc cfg80211: remove some locked wrappers from mlme API
By making all the API functions require wdev locking we
can clean up the API a bit, getting rid of the locking
version of each function. This also decreases the size
of cfg80211 by a small amount.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-25 00:02:20 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5fe231e873 cfg80211: vastly simplify locking
Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold
the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another
four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause
lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a
few of the others need thus be held.)

Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes
and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes
were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct
for bonus points.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-25 00:02:15 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dde7dc759b Merge remote-tracking branch 'mac80211/master' into mac80211-next 2013-05-25 00:01:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5e4b6f5698 cfg80211: Allow TDLS peer AID to be configured for VHT
VHT uses peer AID in the PARTIAL_AID field in TDLS frames. The current
design for TDLS is to first add a dummy STA entry before completing TDLS
Setup and then update information on this STA entry based on what was
received from the peer during the setup exchange.

In theory, this could use NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID to set the peer AID just
like this is used in AP mode to set the AID of an association station.
However, existing cfg80211 validation rules prevent this attribute from
being used with set_station operation. To avoid interoperability issues
between different kernel and user space version combinations, introduce
a new nl80211 attribute for the purpose of setting TDLS peer AID. This
attribute can be used in both the new_station and set_station
operations. It is not supposed to be allowed to change the AID value
during the lifetime of the STA entry, but that validation is left for
drivers to do in the change_station callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-24 22:36:28 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
4325d724cd cfg80211: fix reporting 64-bit station info tx bytes
Copy & paste mistake - STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES64 is the name of the flag,
not NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-23 22:08:18 +02:00
Colleen Twitty
6e16d90b52 cfg80211: Userspace may inform kernel of mesh auth method.
Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is
generated in the kernel.  Allow userspace to inform the
kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate
mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when
joining the MBSS.

Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 22:39:43 +02:00
Marcel Holtmann
fb4e156886 nl80211: Add generic netlink module alias for cfg80211/nl80211
To support auto-loading of wireless modules from netlink users, add module
alias for nl80211 family.

This also adds NL80211_GENL_NAME constant to define the "nl80211" netlink
family name as part of uapi.

Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 22:39:39 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
119363c7dc cfg80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 22:39:37 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e248ad3020 cfg80211: fix sending WoWLAN TCP wakeup settings
The code sending the current WoWLAN TCP wakeup settings in
nl80211_send_wowlan_tcp() is not closing the nested attribute,
thus causing the parser to get confused on the receiver side
in userspace (iw). Fix this.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.9]
Reported-by: Deepak Arora <deepakx.arora@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 22:38:09 +02:00
Ilan Peer
a838490b49 nl80211: Add wdev identifier to some nl80211 notifications
Adding the attributes fixes an issue with P2P Device not
working properly for management frame TX.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-05-16 22:38:06 +02:00
Arend van Spriel
5de1798489 cfg80211: introduce critical protocol indication from user-space
Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete
successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space
API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol
is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP.

There can be only on critical protocol session started per
registered cfg80211 device.

The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks
.crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols
that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the
link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things
to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and
alter coexistence schemes.

Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 15:48:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
65e8d5b8cb cfg80211: fix P2P-Device stop locking
cfg80211_stop_p2p_device() requires the devlist_mtx to
be held, but nl80211_stop_p2p_device() doesn't acquire
it which is a locking error and causes a warning (when
lockdep is enabled). Fix this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-22 15:31:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a42c74ee60 Merge remote-tracking branch 'wireless-next/master' into mac80211-next 2013-04-22 15:31:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
97990a060e nl80211: allow using wdev identifiers to get scan results
Most dump callbacks, including the scan results one, use
the netdev to identify what to do, which is incorrect for
the P2P_DEVICE support, it needs to be able to get the
scan result from the wdev. Change all dumps to unify the
code, but ones other than scan don't really support being
executed on a wdev that has no netdev.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-04-19 01:02:55 +02:00
John W. Linville
9a574cd67a Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	net/mac80211/sta_info.c
	net/wireless/core.h
2013-03-29 16:41:36 -04:00
Johannes Berg
f9f475292d cfg80211: always check for scan end on P2P device
If a P2P device wdev is removed while it has a scan, then the
scan completion might crash later as it is already freed by
that time. To avoid the crash always check the scan completion
when the P2P device is being removed for some reason. If the
driver already canceled it, don't want and free it, otherwise
warn and leak it to avoid later crashes.

In order to do this, locking needs to be changed away from the
rdev mutex (which can't always be guaranteed). For now, use
the sched_scan_mtx instead, I'll rename it to just scan_mtx in
a later patch.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-24 11:15:58 +01:00
Thomas Pedersen
d37bb18ae3 nl80211: user_mpm overrides auto_open_plinks
If the user requested a userspace MPM, automatically
disable auto_open_plinks to fully disable the kernel MPM.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:36:13 +01:00
Thomas Pedersen
eef941e6d6 cfg80211: rename mesh station types
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:36:11 +01:00
Thomas Pedersen
bb2798d45f nl80211: explicit userspace MPM
Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh
Peering Management entity be in userspace.  However
userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so
specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:36:11 +01:00
Johannes Berg
93d08f0b78 cfg80211: enable TDLS on P2P client interfaces
There's no reason TDLS should be prevented on P2P client
interfaces, and most of the code already handles it, so
allow adding stations for it.

Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:36:04 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
355199e02b cfg80211: Extend support for IEEE 802.11r Fast BSS Transition
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN
driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver.
This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant
Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs
(MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported
with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like
FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:51 +01:00
Johannes Berg
723d568aa5 cfg80211: prohibit zero keepalive interval
It's not useful to specify a 0 keepalive interval, this
would send too much data. Prohibit this to also avoid
device issues.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:50 +01:00
Johannes Berg
f62fab735e cfg80211: refactor association parameters
cfg80211_mlme_assoc() has grown far too many arguments,
make the caller build almost all of the driver struct
and pass that to the function instead.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:49 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ee2aca343c cfg80211: add ability to override VHT capabilities
For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to
override certain VHT capability advertisement,
add the ability to do that in cfg80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:47 +01:00
Johannes Berg
947add36ca cfg80211: move exported event functions into nl80211
This is the sort of thing gcc's LTO could do, but since
we don't have that yet we can also do it manually. The
advantage is reduced code, both source and binary, e.g.
on x86-64

   text	   data	    bss	    dec	    hex	filename
 442825	  56230	    776	 499831	  7a077	cfg80211.ko (before)
 441585	  56230	    776	 498591	  79b9f	cfg80211.ko (after)

a reduction of ~1k.

But in order to not complicate the code move only those
functions that are simple wrappers, not those that have
functionality of their own.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:46 +01:00
Johannes Berg
fe1abafd94 nl80211: re-add channel width and extended capa advertising
Add back the channel width and extended capability data
to wiphy information if split information is supported.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:45 +01:00
Johannes Berg
b56cf72083 nl80211: conditionally add back TCP WoWLAN information
Add back the previously removed TCP WoWLAN information,
but only if userspace is prepared to deal with large
wiphy capability data dumps.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:43 +01:00
Johannes Berg
cdc89b97bf nl80211: conditionally add back radar information
If userspace is updated to deal with large split wiphy
information dumps, add back the radar information that
could otherwise push the data over the limit of the
netlink dump messages.

Cc: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:43 +01:00
Johannes Berg
3713b4e364 nl80211: allow splitting wiphy information in dumps
The per-wiphy information is getting large, to the point
where with more than the typical number of channels it's
too large and overflows, and userspace can't get any of
the information at all.

To address this (in a way that doesn't require making all
messages bigger) allow userspace to specify that it can
deal with wiphy information split across multiple parts
of the dump, and if it can split up the data. This also
splits up each channel separately so an arbitrary number
of channels can be supported.

Additionally, since GET_WIPHY has the same problem, add
support for filtering the wiphy dump and get information
for a single wiphy only, this allows userspace apps to
use dump in this case to retrieve all data from a single
device.

As userspace needs to know if all this this is supported,
add a global nl80211 feature set and include a bit for
this behaviour in it.

Cc: Dennis H Jensen <dennis.h.jensen@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:42 +01:00
Johannes Berg
77ee7c891a cfg80211: comprehensively check station changes
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.

In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.

While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.

To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:40 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ff276691e9 cfg80211: unify station WME parsing
Instead of copying the code, create a new function
to parse the station's WME information.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:39 +01:00
Johannes Berg
984c311b09 cfg80211: clean up station WME attribute parsing
Parse the attributes first, and then disable the apply
flag if needed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:39 +01:00
Johannes Berg
f8bacc2104 cfg80211: clean up mesh plink station change API
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-06 16:35:37 +01:00
Johannes Berg
645e77def9 nl80211: increase wiphy dump size dynamically
Given a device with many channels capabilities the wiphy
information can still overflow even though its size in
3.9 was reduced to 3.8 levels. For new userspace and
kernel 3.10 we're going to implement a new "split dump"
protocol that can use multiple messages per wiphy.

For now though, add a workaround to be able to send more
information to userspace. Since generic netlink doesn't
have a way to set the minimum dump size globally, and we
wouldn't really want to set it globally anyway, increase
the size only when needed, as described in the comments.
As userspace might not be prepared for large buffers, we
can only use 4k.

Also increase the size for the get_wiphy command.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-03-01 15:05:19 +01:00
Johannes Berg
d0ae708d1a nl80211: remove channel width and extended capa advertising
This is another case of data increasing the size of the
wiphy information significantly with a new feature, for
now remove this as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-27 15:31:05 +01:00
Johannes Berg
162589f7b1 nl80211: remove TCP WoWLAN information
Just like the radar information, the TCP WoWLAN capability
data can increase the wiphy information and make it too
big. Remove the TCP WoWLAN information; no driver supports
it and new userspace tools will be required as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-26 00:09:21 +01:00
Johannes Berg
1c33a05945 nl80211: remove radar information
The wiphy information is getting very close to being too
much for a typical netlink dump message and adding the
radar attributes to channels and interface combinations
can push it over the limit, which means userspace gets no
information whatsoever. Therefore, remove these again for
now, no driver actually supports radar detection anyway
and a modified userspace is required as well.

We're working on a solution that will allow userspace to
request splitting the information across multiple netlink
messages, which will allow us to add this back.

Cc: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-26 00:09:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg
8c6d59ee35 cfg80211: fix station change if TDLS isn't supported
Larry noticed (and bisected) that commit df881293c6
"cfg80211: Pass TDLS peer's QoS/HT/VHT information during set_station"
broke secure connections. This is is the case only for drivers that
don't support TDLS, where any kind of change, even just the change of
authorized flag that is required for normal operation, was rejected
now. To fix this, remove the checks. I have some patches that will add
proper verification for all the different cases later.

Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-18 18:26:24 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
df881293c6 cfg80211: Pass TDLS peer's QoS/HT/VHT information during set_station
The information of the peer's capabilities is required for the driver
to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations. This information of the peer is
passed by the supplicant using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This
commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass this
information of the peer to the driver in case this command is used
with the TDLS peer STA.

In addition, make the HT/VHT capability configuration handled more
consistently for other STA cases (reject both instead of just HT).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 09:41:43 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
9d62a98617 cfg80211: Pass station (extended) capability info to kernel
The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are
required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off
channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space
using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances
the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of
the peer to the driver.

Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes,
so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 09:41:43 +01:00
Johannes Berg
a50df0c4c0 cfg80211: advertise extended capabilities to userspace
In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the
802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities
element") are implemented in the driver or device, to
include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response
or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold
the extended capabilities bitmap for this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 09:41:42 +01:00
Johannes Berg
50640f1693 nl80211: advertise HT/VHT channel limitations
When drivers or regulatory have limitations on
40, 80 or 160 MHz channels, advertise these to
userspace via nl80211. Also add a new feature
flag to let userspace know this is supported.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 09:41:38 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich
04f39047af nl80211/cfg80211: add radar detection command/event
Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel
Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the
usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar
detected, NOP finished).
Once radar detection has started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel is active.

This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211.

Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
[remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-15 09:40:18 +01:00
Johannes Berg
2a0e047ed6 cfg80211: configuration for WoWLAN over TCP
Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection
after suspending, sending some data and waking up when
the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the
WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it.

Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 14:33:42 +01:00
Amitkumar Karwar
bb92d19983 nl80211: add packet offset information for wowlan pattern
If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in
Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will
help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern
efficiently.

Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[refactor pattern sending]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 10:09:48 +01:00
Johannes Berg
8cef2c9df8 cfg80211: move TSF into IEs
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.

To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-11 18:44:59 +01:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
42745e0393 cfg80211: expand per-station byte counters to 64bit
In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small
for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped
every few seconds.

Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit.
Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled
only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides
full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled
bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64

Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not
break userspace.

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-04 18:57:22 +01:00
Johannes Berg
cd8f7cb4e6 cfg80211/mac80211: support reporting wakeup reason
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-31 14:00:21 +01:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
77765eaf5c cfg80211/nl80211: add API for MAC address ACLs
Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based
access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise
this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC
addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs.

An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP
command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL.

Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite commit log, many cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-25 18:36:44 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich
11c4a075db cfg80211: check radar interface combinations
To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use
the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities.
Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which
modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the
DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 23:41:54 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
cee00a959c cfg80211: Allow use_mfp to be specified with the connect command
The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more
useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the
connect command, too.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 23:27:49 +01:00
Arend van Spriel
1c18f1452a nl80211: allow user-space to set address for P2P_DEVICE
As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that:

"P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel
of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz
and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz).

As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request
frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that
band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client
discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming
the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning
of P2P device discovery)."

This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices.
However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be
able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for
this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of
the P2P device interface.

Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[add error checking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 23:20:32 +01:00
Marco Porsch
3b1c5a5307 {cfg,nl}80211: mesh power mode primitives and userspace access
Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible
values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active,
light sleep and deep sleep.

Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the
user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used
for new peer links.

Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config.
The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA
will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode.

Add access routines to:
 - get/set local link-specific power mode (STA)
 - get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA)
 - get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA)
 - get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config)
 - get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config)

All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect
immediately.

Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
[fix commit message line length, error handling in set station]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 22:48:04 +01:00
Marco Porsch
9bdbf04db0 {cfg,nl,mac}80211: set beacon interval and DTIM period on mesh join
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.

Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.

Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 22:44:04 +01:00
Marco Porsch
ea54fba209 nl80211: add range checks to mesh parameters
Ranges are taken from IEEE 802.11-2012, common sense or current
implementation requirements.

Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-16 22:40:20 +01:00
Johannes Berg
ba23d2068d cfg80211: disallow more station changes
The following changes are invalid and should be
disallowed when a station already exists:
 * supported rates changes, except for TDLS peers
 * listen interval changes
 * HT capability changes

Disallow them and also update a mac80211 comment
explaining how they would be racy.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:45 +01:00
Johannes Berg
d582cffbcd nl80211/mac80211: support full station state in AP mode
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.

To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:40 +01:00
Johannes Berg
458f4f9e96 regulatory: use RCU to protect global and wiphy regdomains
To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex
(which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and
also to make it possible for drivers to access their
wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:29 +01:00
Johannes Berg
6913b49a50 regulatory: fix reg_is_valid_request handling
There's a bug with the world regulatory domain, it
can be updated any time which is different from all
other regdomains that can only be updated once after
a request for them. Fix this by adding a check for
"processed" to the reg_is_valid_request() function
and clear that when doing a request.

While looking at this I also found another locking
bug, last_request is protected by the reg_mutex not
the cfg80211_mutex so the code in nl80211 is racy.
Remove that code as it only tries to prevent an
allocation in an error case, which isn't necessary.
Then the function can also become static and locking
in nl80211 can have a smaller scope.

Also change __set_regdom() to do the checks earlier
and not different for world/other regdomains.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:28 +01:00
Johannes Berg
fdc9d7b286 regulatory: remove BUG_ON
This code is a bit too BUG_ON happy, remove all
instances and while doing so make some code a bit
smarter by passing the right pointer instead of
indices into arrays.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:24 +01:00
Johannes Berg
f41737669d cfg80211: remove wiphy_idx_valid
This is pretty much useless since get_wiphy_idx()
always returns true since it's always called with
a valid wiphy pointer.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:23 +01:00
Johannes Berg
1a9193185f regulatory: code cleanup
Clean up various things like indentation, extra
parentheses, too many/few line breaks, etc.

Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-03 13:01:22 +01:00
Johannes Berg
9caf036402 cfg80211: fix BSS struct IE access races
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.

Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-30 13:42:20 +01:00
Simon Wunderlich
c04d61500d nl80211: Fix HT_IBSS feature check in ibss_join
There is a standalone if, seems to be a regression of commit
"nl80211/cfg80211: add VHT MCS support".

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-29 18:44:57 +01:00
Mahesh Palivela
dbeca2ea46 cfg80211: Remove unused VHT chan code
Cleanup of unused VHT channel config related code.

Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-29 09:54:53 +01:00
Johannes Berg
d9d8b01978 nl80211: remove unnecessary checks
The CQM TX-error rate/interval can't be less than
zero since they're unsigned values, remove checks.
Also fix indentation of the function.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-28 13:26:23 +01:00
Johannes Berg
53cabad70e nl80211: support P2P GO powersave configuration
If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to
set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace
to configure the parameters for it. This can be done
at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-27 11:56:18 +01:00
Johannes Berg
9f5e8f6efc cfg80211: rework chandef checking and export it
Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211
to check if a channel is supported or not is also
needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export
the functions that are needed.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-27 09:18:25 +01:00
Johannes Berg
db9c64cf8d nl80211/cfg80211: add VHT MCS support
Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes.

Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate
calculations are correct, nor that they can't be
simplified.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:59 +01:00
Johannes Berg
3d9d1d6656 nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.

Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)

This also adds new helper functions:
 - cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
   struct given the control channel and channel type,
 - cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
   definitions are identical
 - cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
   channel definitions are compatible, and return the
   wider of the two

This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
 - regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
   even makes sense)
 - regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
 - a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
   new channel types

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:59 +01:00
Johannes Berg
683b6d3b31 cfg80211: pass a channel definition struct
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.

Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:58 +01:00
Johannes Berg
42d97a599e cfg80211: remove remain-on-channel channel type
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.

Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-26 12:42:58 +01:00
Jouni Malinen
3475b0946b cfg80211: Add TDLS event to allow drivers to request operations
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace
request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there
are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from
userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211
function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a
new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be
torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these
events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer
station that is seen with good signal strength.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:47:32 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli
b84e7a05f6 nl80211: send the NL80211_ATTR_SSID in nl80211_send_iface()
The userspace may want to know what is the current ssid that a given
interface is using. This patch enables nl80211 to send the
NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute in nl80211_send_iface().

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-07 17:57:14 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli
06e191e22e cfg80211: store the ssid into wirless_dev in AP mode
Store the configured ssid in wdev->ssid when starting an AP

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-07 17:57:14 +01:00
Ben Greear
37c73b5f32 cfg80211: allow registering more than one beacon listener
The commit:

commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date:   Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100

    cfg80211: allow registering to beacons

allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy.  This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.

This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-05 16:33:45 +01:00
Antonio Quartulli
f4e583c893 nl/cfg80211: add the NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE command
This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables
the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif
configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-05 15:54:45 +01:00
Johannes Berg
c8442118ad cfg80211: allow per interface TX power setting
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.

Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-30 09:11:34 +01:00
Johannes Berg
71fe96bf9d nl80211: move "can set channel" check
Setting the wdev to NULL when the channel can't be
set for that interface type (to treat the channel
setting for the wiphy/monitor) currently works, but
is confusing in the code if netdev/wdev aren't both
set/unset in the same way. Move the check whether
the channel can be set to where it's needed so that
wdev and netdev are always both assigned or NULL.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-30 09:11:33 +01:00
Johannes Berg
eeb126e9ee cfg80211: add tracing for P2P Device start/stop
These were missed due to the tracing work having
started on a kernel that didn't have P2P Device
yet, implement them now.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-23 19:52:53 +02:00
Beni Lev
4ee3e063f1 cfg80211: add cfg80211 exported function tracing
Also add tracing to the API functions that drivers
(and mac80211) can call in cfg80211.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-18 10:53:38 +02:00
Hila Gonen
e35e4d28b6 cfg80211: add wrappers for registered_device_ops
This will allow adding central tracing like in mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-18 10:53:37 +02:00
Sujith Manoharan
de7044ee85 cfg80211: Disallow HT/WEP in IBSS mode
Currently, a user is allowed to choose a HT operating channel
with WEP when creating an IBSS network. WEP is not allowed
in HT configuration - this patch ensures that such requests
are denied.

Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-18 09:26:44 +02:00
Sam Leffler
15d6030b4b cfg80211: add support for flushing old scan results
Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache
entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for
collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume).

For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion
of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted.
For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime
when we get new scan results.

This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by
unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag.

Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-18 09:01:52 +02:00
Sam Leffler
46856bbf0f cfg80211: add scan flag to indicate its priority
Add NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag support. It tells drivers
that this is a low priority scan request, so that they can take
necessary action.
Drivers need to advertise low priority scan capability during
registration.

Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-18 09:01:50 +02:00
Sam Leffler
ed47377154 {nl,cfg}80211: add a flags word to scan requests
Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will
be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the
bss cache prior to doing a scan.

Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-18 09:01:23 +02:00
Mahesh Palivela
f461be3eff {nl,cfg}80211: Peer STA VHT caps
To save STAs VHT caps in AP mode

Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-17 11:02:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e39e5b5e72 cfg80211: Allow user space to specify non-IEs to SAE Authentication
SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information
elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new
attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in
station mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-17 11:02:11 +02:00
John W. Linville
c487606f83 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	net/nfc/netlink.c

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-09-28 11:11:16 -04:00
Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu
ed44a951c7 cfg80211/nl80211: Notify connection request failure in AP mode
In AP mode, when a station requests connection to an AP and if the
request is failed for particular reason, userspace is notified about the
failure through NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command. Reason for the failure
is sent through the attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON.

Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-18 19:54:06 +02:00
David S. Miller
b48b63a1f6 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.c
	net/netfilter/xt_LOG.c

Rather easy conflict resolution, the 'net' tree had bug fixes to make
sure we checked if a socket is a time-wait one or not and elide the
logging code if so.

Whereas on the 'net-next' side we are calculating the UID and GID from
the creds using different interfaces due to the user namespace changes
from Eric Biederman.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-15 11:43:53 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
15e473046c netlink: Rename pid to portid to avoid confusion
It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a
process identifier.  Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields
that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid.

I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to
userspace to avoid changing the userspace API.

I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-10 15:30:41 -04:00
Johannes Berg
944b9e375d Merge remote-tracking branch 'mac80211/master' into mac80211-next
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.

Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-06 15:56:02 +02:00
Wei Yongjun
b4e4f47e94 nl80211: fix possible memory leak nl80211_connect()
connkeys is malloced in nl80211_parse_connkeys() and should
be freed in the error handling case, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.

spatch with a semantic match is used to found this problem.
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-09-04 18:06:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
98104fdeda cfg80211: add P2P Device abstraction
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.

This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.

Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.

As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-08-20 13:58:21 +02:00
John W. Linville
90b90f60c4 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2012-07-20 12:30:48 -04:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
57b5ce072e cfg80211: add cellular base station regulatory hint support
Cellular base stations can provide hints to cfg80211 about
where they think we are. This can be done for example on
a cell phone. To enable these hints we simply allow them
through as user regulatory hints but we allow userspace
to clasify the hint as either coming directly from the
user or coming from a cellular base station. This option
is only available when you enable
CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS.

The base station hints themselves will not be processed
by the core unless at least one device on the system
supports this feature.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-17 12:16:39 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
84f10708f7 cfg80211: support TX error rate CQM
Let the user configure serveral TX error conection quality monitoring
parameters: % error rate, survey interval, and # of attempted packets.

On exceeding the TX failure rate over the given interval, the driver
will send a CQM notify event with the actual TX failure rate and
packets attempted.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-17 11:57:23 +02:00
Johannes Berg
00f5335079 nl80211: add wdev ID as u64 as it should
In one of my previous patches I erroneously
used nla_put_u32 for the wdev_id, fix that
to use nla_put_u64.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-17 11:53:57 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5b7ccaf3fc cfg80211/mac80211: re-add get_channel operation
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-13 16:16:11 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ae33bd817a nl80211: allow enabling WoWLAN without triggers
It may be desirable to use WoWLAN without triggers to
keep the connection alive to the AP while suspended.
Allow this use by enabling WoWLAN without triggers if
no triggers were requested.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-12 22:30:34 +02:00
John W. Linville
38a0084063 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem 2012-07-12 13:44:50 -04:00
Johannes Berg
fd0142844e nl80211: move scan API to wdev
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-12 12:10:41 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1c90f9d404 nl80211: send interface after creation
After a new virtual interface is created, reply
to userspace with a message detailing it so it
knows the new wdev identifier.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-12 12:10:40 +02:00
Johannes Berg
84efbb84cf cfg80211: use wireless_dev for interface management
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-12 12:08:10 +02:00
Johannes Berg
71bbc99438 cfg80211: use wdev in mgmt-tx/ROC APIs
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-09 14:51:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
72fb2abcf5 nl80211: retrieve interface data by wdev
Since soon there will be virtual interfaces that
don't have a netdev, use the wdev identifier for
the API to retrieve interface data.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-09 14:51:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
1bf614ef79 nl80211: add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV
Some nl80211 callbacks will soon need the wdev instead
of the netdev, so add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV to allow
them to request that. Add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV_UP as
well which checks the netdev is UP if one exists.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-09 14:51:46 +02:00
Johannes Berg
89a54e48b9 nl80211: prepare for non-netdev wireless devs
In order to support a P2P device abstraction and
Bluetooth high-speed AMPs, we need to have a way
to identify virtual interfaces that don't have a
netdev associated.

Do this by adding a NL80211_ATTR_WDEV attribute
to identify a wdev which may or may not also be
a netdev.

To simplify things, use a 64-bit value with the
high 32 bits being the wiphy index for this new
wdev identifier in the nl80211 API.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-09 14:51:46 +02:00
Vladimir Kondratiev
8eb41c8dfb {nl,cfg}80211: support high bitrates
Until now, a u16 value was used to represent bitrate value.
With VHT bitrates this becomes too small.

Introduce a new 32-bit bitrate attribute. nl80211 will report
both the new and the old attribute, unless the bitrate doesn't
fit into the old u16 attribute in which case only the new one
will be reported.

User space tools encouraged to prefer the 32-bit attribute, if
available (since it won't be available on older kernels.)

Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[reword commit message and comments a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-05 15:18:30 +02:00
John W. Linville
8732baafc3 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/dhd_sdio.c
2012-06-29 12:42:14 -04:00
Michal Kazior
e4e32459c2 cfg80211: respect iface combinations when starting operation
devlist_mtx locking is changed to accomodate changes.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-29 13:39:19 +02:00
Michal Kazior
2e165b8184 cfg80211/mac80211: remove .get_channel
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-29 13:39:18 +02:00
Michal Kazior
f4489ebeff cfg80211: add channel tracking for AP and mesh
We need to know which channel is used by a running
AP and mesh for channel context accounting and
finding matching/active interface combination.

STA/IBSS have current_bss already which allows us
to check which channel a vif is tuned to.
Non-fixed channel IBSS can be handled with
additional changes.

Monitor mode is going to be handled differently.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-29 13:39:15 +02:00
Michal Kazior
60771780c2 cfg80211: introduce cfg80211_stop_ap
This functionality will be reused when interface
is going down. Avoids code duplication. Also adds
missing wdev locking.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-29 13:39:14 +02:00
Thomas Graf
58050fce35 net: Use NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE in combination with nlmsg_new()
Using NLMSG_GOODSIZE results in multiple pages being used as
nlmsg_new() will automatically add the size of the netlink
header to the payload thus exceeding the page limit.

NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE takes this into account.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Cc: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-06-28 17:56:43 -07:00
Mahesh Palivela
bf0c111ec8 cfg80211: allow advertising VHT capabilities
Allow drivers to advertise their VHT capabilities
and export them to userspace via nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-28 13:08:34 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dfb89c56ad cfg80211: don't allow WoWLAN support without CONFIG_PM
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.

Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.

Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 17:55:11 +02:00
Thomas Pedersen
88e920b450 nl80211: specify RSSI threshold in scheduled scan
Support configuring an RSSI threshold in dBm (s32) when requesting
scheduled scan, below which a BSS won't be reported by the cfg80211
driver.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 09:32:28 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
46c1dd0c7f cfg80211: fix regression in multi-vif AP start
Commit "cfg80211: provide channel to start_ap function" assumes that the
channel is always passed to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP command, however
in case of multi-BSSID, hostapd only passes the channel for the first vif.
This makes starting beaconing on secondary vifs fail with -EINVAL.

Fix this by storing the channel provided to .start_ap in wdev->preset_chan
and picking the first AP vif's channel for secondary vifs if not provided.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-20 11:10:43 +02:00
Johannes Berg
2bd7e35da0 nl80211: use __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs for testmode
To fix the testmode cross-namespace access problem,
use __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs() to get the device
instead of open-coding similar functionality.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-20 10:57:03 +02:00
Johannes Berg
878d9ec736 nl80211: change __cfg80211_rdev_from_info
Change the function to __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs
to take attributes instead of the info struct to
make it usable from dump callbacks for testmode.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-20 10:57:02 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4f7eff10b2 nl80211: fix netns separation
There are currently a few ways to "escape"
the network namespace and access a wiphy
that belongs to another namespace. Add a
netns argument to the relevant functions
to fix this.

One remaining issue with testmode will be
fixed in a follow-up patch.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-20 10:57:01 +02:00
Johannes Berg
7fee4778bf nl80211: refactor __cfg80211_rdev_from_info
Refactor the function to make it easier to
extend.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-20 10:57:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a9455408b0 cfg80211: make some functions static
Some of the functions to retrieve a device can
be static as they're used only in nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-20 10:56:59 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
728b19e5fb {nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-18 13:55:15 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
ac1073a61d {nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement dot11MeshHWMProotInterval and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-14 09:08:22 +02:00
Johannes Berg
4a4ab0d7c9 nl80211: fix sched scan match attribute name
It should be NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID as
documented, not NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-13 11:17:11 +02:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
a4f606ea73 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: fix the coding style related to mesh parameters
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-11 09:23:45 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ebf348fcd0 cfg80211: validate remain-on-channel time better
The remain-on-channel time validation shouldn't
depend on the value of HZ, as it does now with
the check against jiffies, since then you might
use a value that works on one system but not on
another. Fix it by checking against a minimum
that's fixed.

Also add validation of the wait duration for a
management frame TX since this also translates
into remain-on-channel internally.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-06-06 15:20:22 -04:00
Johannes Berg
e8c9bd5b8d cfg80211: clarify set_channel APIs
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().

Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-06-06 15:18:17 -04:00
Johannes Berg
cc1d2806bf cfg80211: provide channel to join_mesh function
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.

Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.

Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.

As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.

In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-06-05 15:32:18 -04:00
Johannes Berg
685d12a192 cfg80211: disallow setting channel on WDS interfaces
If it worked (Felix says it doesn't right now), the
typical use-case for WDS interfaces would be to be
slaved to AP mode interfaces. Therefore, it isn't
necessary to set the channel on WDS interfaces. As
they don't support powersave or anything like that,
they also couldn't use a different channel anyway.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-06-05 15:32:17 -04:00
Johannes Berg
aa430da410 cfg80211: provide channel to start_ap function
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.

This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.

Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.

Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-06-05 15:32:16 -04:00
Johannes Berg
cd6c65981e nl80211: refactor valid channel type check
There are four instances in nl80211 of getting the
channel type from the attribute and validating it,
refactor those.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 13:08:16 -04:00
Johannes Berg
3383b5a69d nl80211: prevent additions to old station flags API
We don't really want/need to maintain the old
station flags API any more, so refuse changes
to new (not yet defined) flags from the old
flags API.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-16 13:08:15 -04:00
Ashok Nagarajan
70c33eaae7 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: Allow user to see/configure HT protection mode
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-05-08 21:53:59 -04:00
John W. Linville
d9b8ae6bd8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-testmode.c
2012-04-26 15:03:48 -04:00
Bala Shanmugam
218d2e26dc cfg80211: Validate legacy rateset.
Legacy rates are not validated while configuring
tx rateset using iw. So below cmd is accepted by nl80211.
sudo iw wlan2 set bitrates legacy-2.4 1 2 3

Validate legacy rates and return
error if any rate in the rateset is not valid.

Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-23 15:37:41 -04:00
John W. Linville
59ef43e681 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-testmode.c
	include/net/nfc/nfc.h
	net/nfc/netlink.c
	net/wireless/nl80211.c
2012-04-18 14:27:48 -04:00
Pontus Fuchs
d91df0e3a1 cfg80211: Add channel information to NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.

Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-13 14:32:49 -04:00
John W. Linville
7eab0f64a9 Merge branch 'master' into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-testmode.c
	net/wireless/nl80211.c
2012-04-12 14:41:59 -04:00
John W. Linville
8065248069 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2012-04-12 13:49:28 -04:00
Thomas Pedersen
5314526b17 cfg80211: add channel switch notify event
The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g.
in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this
event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully
migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration
accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-11 16:23:59 -04:00
Johannes Berg
6d52563f2b cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.

Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-11 16:23:57 -04:00
Javier Cardona
d299a1f21e {nl,cfg}80211: Support for mesh synchronization
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.

Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-10 15:20:33 -04:00
Johannes Berg
a3304b0a17 cfg80211/nl80211: clarify TX queue API
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.

Also verify that the AC number given is valid.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-10 14:54:09 -04:00
Johannes Berg
2b5f8b0b44 nl80211: ensure interface is up in various APIs
The nl80211 handling code should ensure as much as
it can that the interface is in a valid state, it
can certainly ensure the interface is running.

Not doing so can cause calls through mac80211 into
the driver that result in warnings and unspecified
behaviour in the driver.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-09 15:54:46 -04:00
David S. Miller
9360ffd185 wireless: Stop using NLA_PUT*().
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-04-01 18:11:37 -04:00
John W. Linville
66266b3ab4 cfg80211: allow CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC in station_info
The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the
cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting
"unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was
completely unaware of them.  Resolve this by formally allowing the
"unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2012-03-26 15:07:25 -04:00
Bala Shanmugam
4486ea987e cfg80211: Add background scan period attribute.
Receive background scan period as part of connect
command and pass the same to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-12 14:19:34 -04:00
Johannes Berg
804483e907 cfg80211/mac80211: report signal strength for mgmt frames
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-06 15:16:05 -05:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
1b658f118b cfg80211: Add an attribute to set inactivity timeout in AP mode
This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the
station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP
and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but
don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity
timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags
through which drivers can register their capability to use
the inactivity timeout to free the stations.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-05 15:38:34 -05:00
Ashok Nagarajan
5533513784 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: Implement RSSI threshold for mesh peering
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.

This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.

Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-05 15:23:15 -05:00
Johannes Berg
8860020e0b cfg80211: restructure AP/GO mode API
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.

Modify the API to the following:
 * start AP -- all settings
 * change beacon -- new beacon data
 * stop AP -- stop AP mode operation

This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)

Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.

Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-22 14:51:18 -05:00
Dan Carpenter
910570b5f4 mac80211: off by one in mcs mask handling
"ridx" is used as an index into the mcs_mask[] array which has
IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN elements.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:55:41 -05:00
Antonio Quartulli
267335d63b cfg80211/mac80211: userspace peer authorization in IBSS
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.

Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:53:10 -05:00
Johannes Berg
95de817b90 cfg80211: stop tracking authenticated state
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.

Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.

This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-02-06 14:50:37 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
24db78c05b nl80211: add support for mcs masks
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-30 15:48:25 -05:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
94f9065648 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: Add support of setting non-forwarding entity in Mesh
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.

Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:56 -05:00
Johannes Berg
2da8f419e7 cfg80211: fix a few -Wshadow warnings
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-27 14:56:56 -05:00
Johannes Berg
bdd3ae3d1e nl80211: fix old station flags compatibility
My patch to validate station flags broke compatibility
with the old station flags setting where all flags are
always set at once since it always set the mask as all
possible flags which ended up being rejected later in
the station add/modify code.

Fix by parsing only the current flags in the old flags
attribute -- new applications and new flags should use
(and will now require) the new flags attribute where
the mask is given by the application.

Reported-and-tested-by: Thomas Hilber <ath9k-dev@toh.cx>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-11 15:14:50 -05:00
Paul Stewart
a85e1d5597 cfg80211: Return beacon loss count in station
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-19 14:34:13 -05:00
Johannes Berg
bdd90d5e36 cfg80211: validate nl80211 station handling better
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.

As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-15 14:45:45 -05:00
Johannes Berg
d83023daa2 nl80211: add TDLS peer flag to policy
This was evidently missed in the TDLS patch (07ba55d7).

Cc: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-15 14:45:45 -05:00
Johannes Berg
00918d33c0 nl80211: accept testmode dump with netdev
All nl80211 commands that need only the wiphy
still allow identifying it by giving an interface
index, except, as Kenny pointed out, the testmode
dump support.

Fix this by looking up the wiphy via the ifidx in
this case as well.

Tested-by: Kenny Hsu <kenny.hsu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-14 14:50:11 -05:00
Alexander Simon
54858ee5bf nl80211: Parse channel type attribute in an ibss join request
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
 * extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
 * Check if extension channel can be used
 * Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
   from ibss.c later).

Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-12-06 16:05:24 -05:00
John W. Linville
d7a4858c0f Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn.c
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas/cfg.c
2011-12-02 15:44:03 -05:00
Thomas Pedersen
dca7e9430c {nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3

Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-28 14:44:06 -05:00
Chun-Yeow Yeoh
4bb62344e4 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: Allow Setting Multicast Rate in Mesh
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-28 14:44:02 -05:00
Simon Wunderlich
1d9d9213d5 wireless: Add NoAck per tid support
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.

Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-28 14:36:21 -05:00
Eliad Peller
e007b857e8 nl80211: fix MAC address validation
MAC addresses have a fixed length. The current
policy allows passing < ETH_ALEN bytes, which
might result in reading beyond the buffer.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-28 13:46:40 -05:00
Ben Greear
7e7c8926b2 wireless: Support ht-capabilities over-rides.
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.

The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.

Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors.  This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.

This patch only enables the infrastructure.  An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-21 16:22:06 -05:00
Johannes Berg
80b998993d nl80211: make get_vlan logic more common
get_vlan() sets the output parameter even if it
returns an error, which is a bit odd. Instead,
convert it to use ERR_PTR.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-21 16:20:49 -05:00
Johannes Berg
7c4ef7122c cfg80211: add flags for off-channel capabilities
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-21 16:20:49 -05:00
Kalle Valo
4745fc095d nl80211: add testmode to the list of supported commands
User space might want to test if driver supports testmode. Adding testmode
to the list of supported commands makes this easier.

I omitted testmode_dump() in purpose. I assume all drivers implementing
testmode_dump() will also implement testmode_cmd().

Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-21 16:20:43 -05:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
8b60b07805 cfg80211: process regulatory DFS region for countries
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-21 16:20:41 -05:00
Arik Nemtsov
00f740e1a3 nl80211: Pass probe response data to drivers
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.

Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-11 12:32:51 -05:00
Arik Nemtsov
87bbbe22f8 nl80211: Add probe response offload attribute
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.

A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.

Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-11 12:32:51 -05:00
Johannes Berg
d64d373ffe nl80211: fix compiler warning
John reported the following warning:

net/wireless/nl80211.c: In function ‘nl80211_tx_mgmt’:
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5286:8: warning: ‘hdr’ may be used uninitialized in this function

Evidently, his version of gcc isn't able to see that
when "msg" is initialized, "hdr" must also be. My
gcc, 4.6.1, can actually see that and doesn't warn.
Simply initialize the variable to NULL. That means
if the compiler was ever right we'll crash though so
isn't really optimal since it may hide warnings from
the compiler when somebody modifies this code in the
future.

Reported-by: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-11 12:32:51 -05:00
Johannes Berg
1f074bd8eb nl80211: advertise socket TX status capability
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:14:08 -05:00
Johannes Berg
e247bd9068 cfg80211/mac80211: allow management TX to not wait for ACK
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.

Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:13:54 -05:00
Johannes Berg
b92ab5d86d cfg80211: add event for unexpected 4addr frames
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:13:52 -05:00
Johannes Berg
5e760230e4 cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:13:51 -05:00
Johannes Berg
7f6cf311a5 nl80211: add API to probe a client
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:12:39 -05:00
Johannes Berg
562a74803f nl80211: advertise device AP SME
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:12:38 -05:00
Johannes Berg
28946da763 nl80211: allow subscribing to unexpected class3 frames
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:05:49 -05:00
Jouni Malinen
819622678e nl80211: Increase maximum NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ length to 16
WPI-SMS4 uses 16-octet PN field, so we need to allow longer key
sequence values to be configured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-09 16:01:01 -05:00
John W. Linville
5e819059a2 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless 2011-11-09 14:49:23 -05:00
Johannes Berg
3b7b72eed1 nl80211: clean up genlmsg_end uses
genlmsg_end() cannot fail, it just returns the length
of the message. Thus, error handling for it is useless.
While removing it, I also noticed a useless variable
and removed this it as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-08 15:54:27 -05:00
Johannes Berg
133a3ff2c9 cfg80211: allow setting TXQ parameters only in AP mode
In other modes the parameters should not be set.
Right now, mac80211 will set them, even if the
user asked for setting them on VLANs which the
driver doesn't know about, causing all kinds of
trouble.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-07 13:19:14 -05:00
Johannes Berg
6c7394197a nl80211: fix HT capability attribute validation
Since the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY attribute is
used as a struct, it needs a minimum, not maximum
length. Enforce that properly. Not doing so could
potentially lead to reading after the buffer.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-07 13:19:13 -05:00
Helmut Schaa
bb6e753e95 nl80211: Add sta_flags to the station info
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.

Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-10-14 14:48:23 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
07ba55d7f1 nl80211/mac80211: allow adding TDLS peers as stations
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).

In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.

A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-30 15:57:08 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
109086ce0b nl80211: support sending TDLS commands/frames
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.

Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-30 15:57:05 -04:00
Johannes Berg
3b9ce80ce9 cfg80211/mac80211: apply station uAPSD parameters selectively
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-30 15:57:03 -04:00
John W. Linville
0874073570 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.infradead.org/users/linville/wireless
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-scan.c
	net/wireless/nl80211.c
2011-09-28 10:28:09 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
cd32984f64 mac80211: treat the WME sta flag as a bit
Correct flag usage - use it as a bit index instead of a bit value.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-27 14:36:04 -04:00
Eliad Peller
f70f01c2eb cfg80211/mac80211: add netdev param to set_txq_params()
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-27 14:34:11 -04:00
Rajkumar Manoharan
e9f935e3e8 nl80211/cfg80211: Add support to disable CCK rate for management frame
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.

This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.

Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-27 14:34:10 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
38ba3c57af cfg80211: Validate cipher suite against supported ciphers
Instead of using a hardcoded list of cipher suites in nl80211.c, use a
shared function in util.c to verify that the driver advertises support
for the specified cipher. This provides more accurate validation of the
values and allows vendor-specific cipher suites to be added in drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-27 14:29:54 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
6d30240e3d cfg80211: Remove strict validation of AKM suites
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES can be used to configure new AKMs, like FT or
the SHA-256 -based AKMs or FT from 802.11r/802.11w. In addition, vendor
specific AKMs could be used. The current validation code for the connect
command prevents cfg80211-based drivers from using these mechanisms even
if the driver would not actually use this AKM value (i.e., it uses
WPA/RSN IE from user space). mac80211-based drivers allow any AKM to be
used since this value is not used there.

Remove the unnecessary validation step in cfg80211 to allow drivers to
decide what AKMs are supported. In theory, we could handle this by
advertising supported AKMs, but that would not be very effective unless
we enforce all drivers (including mac80211) to advertise the set of
supported AKMs. This would require additional changes in many places
whenever a new AKM is introduced even though no actually functionality
changes may be required in most drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-27 14:29:54 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
1b9ca0272f cfg80211: Fix validation of AKM suites
Incorrect variable was used in validating the akm_suites array from
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES. In addition, there was no explicit
validation of the array length (we only have room for
NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES).

This can result in a buffer write overflow for stack variables with
arbitrary data from user space. The nl80211 commands using the affected
functionality require GENL_ADMIN_PERM, so this is only exposed to admin
users.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-21 15:58:24 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
c9df56b48e cfg80211/nl80211: Add PMKSA caching candidate event
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-19 16:10:14 -04:00
Johannes Berg
3919349891 cfg80211: validate IBSS BSSID
The IBSS BSSID is never validated, so an
invalid one might end up being used. Fix
this by rejecting invalid configuration.

Reported-by: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-19 16:10:13 -04:00
Johannes Berg
4319e19327 cfg80211: verify format of uAPSD information
The format is intended to be like the subfields
in the QoS Info field, verify that is the case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-14 13:56:43 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
a1f1c21c18 nl80211/cfg80211: add match filtering for sched_scan
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).

Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan.  Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.

At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID.  This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-13 15:53:45 -04:00
Eliad Peller
cedb5412ba nl80211/cfg80211: add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.

Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-13 15:50:56 -04:00
Vivek Natarajan
f4b34b550a cfg80211/nl80211: Indicate roaming feature capability to userspace.
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.

For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.

Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-13 15:42:31 -04:00
Eliad Peller
c75786c9ef nl80211/cfg80211: add STA WME parameters
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).

Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-26 10:47:56 -04:00
Javier Cardona
16dd7267f4 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: let userspace make meshif mesh gate
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-24 13:59:43 -04:00
Javier Cardona
0507e159a2 {nl,cfg,mac}80211: let userspace set RANN interval
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-24 13:59:43 -04:00
Javier Cardona
699403dbd4 {nl,mac}80211: add missing root mode meshconf entries
This fix allows userspace to mark a meshif as a root node.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-24 13:59:43 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
9946ecfb51 nl80211/cfg80211: Add extra IE configuration to AP mode setup
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-12 13:45:04 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
5fb628e910 nl80211/cfg80211: Add crypto settings into NEW_BEACON
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-12 13:45:04 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
32e9de846b nl80211/cfg80211: Allow SSID to be specified in new beacon command
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-12 13:45:03 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
f612cedfe1 nl80211/cfg80211: Make addition of new sinfo fields safer
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-11 14:23:06 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
040bdf713d cfg80211: fix a crash in nl80211_send_station
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-11 14:23:06 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
50d3dfb728 cfg80211/nl80211: Send AssocReq IEs to user space in AP mode
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-10 14:07:42 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
d2da587839 nl80211: Indicate driver-based offchannel TX on mgmt_tx_cancel_wait
Drivers that support frame transmission with mgmt_tx() may not support
driver-based offchannel TX. Use mgmt_tx_cancel_wait instead of mgmt_tx
when figuring out whether to indicate support for this with
NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-10 14:07:42 -04:00
Dan Carpenter
84404623da cfg80211: off by one in nl80211_trigger_scan()
The test is off by one so we'd read past the end of the
wiphy->bands[] array on the next line.

Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-08-01 13:46:46 -04:00
Johannes Berg
a401d2bb36 cfg80211: fix scan crash on single-band cards
commit 58389c69150e6032504dfcd3edca6b1975c8b5bc
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date:   Mon Jul 18 18:08:35 2011 +0200

     cfg80211: allow userspace to control supported rates in scan

made single-band cards crash since it would always
access all wiphy->bands[]. Fix this and reject any
attempts in the new helper ieee80211_get_ratemask()
to do the same, rejecting rates configuration for
unsupported bands.

Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Tested-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-20 15:04:38 -04:00
Johannes Berg
34850ab25d cfg80211: allow userspace to control supported rates in scan
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.

Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-19 16:49:58 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
5a865bad44 nl80211/cfg80211: add max_sched_scan_ie_len in the hw description
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.

To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-15 13:38:30 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
93b6aa693a nl80211/cfg80211: add max_sched_scan_ssids in the hw description
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).

To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-15 13:38:29 -04:00
Johannes Berg
77dbbb1389 nl80211: advertise GTK rekey support, new triggers
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-15 13:38:28 -04:00
John W. Linville
d859898114 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/sysfs.c
	net/bluetooth/l2cap_core.c
	net/mac80211/wpa.c
2011-07-11 14:46:59 -04:00
Johannes Berg
e5497d766a cfg80211/nl80211: support GTK rekey offload
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.

In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.

Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.

Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-06 15:05:42 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
c10841ca72 cfg80211: fix deadlock with rfkill/sched_scan by adding new mutex
There was a deadlock when rfkill-blocking a wireless interface,
because we were locking the rdev mutex on NETDEV_GOING_DOWN to stop
sched_scans that were eventually running.  The rfkill block code was
already holding a mutex under rdev:

kernel: =======================================================
kernel: [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
kernel: 3.0.0-rc1-00049-g1fa7b6a #57
kernel: -------------------------------------------------------
kernel: kworker/0:1/4525 is trying to acquire lock:
kernel: (&rdev->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8164c831>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x131/0x5b0
kernel:
kernel: but task is already holding lock:
kernel: (&rdev->devlist_mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8164dcef>] cfg80211_rfkill_set_block+0x4f/0xa0
kernel:
kernel: which lock already depends on the new lock.

To fix this, add a new mutex specifically for sched_scan, to protect
the sched_scan_req element in the rdev struct, instead of using the
global rdev mutex.

Reported-by: Duane Griffin <duaneg@dghda.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 14:42:36 -04:00
John W. Linville
3be3fdb58a Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-tx.c
2011-06-28 13:56:21 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
a66b98db57 mac80211: fix rx->key NULL dereference during mic failure
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.

Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-27 14:45:25 -04:00
Johannes Berg
9720bb3ab0 nl80211: use netlink consistent dump feature for BSS dumps
Use the new consistent dump feature from (generic) netlink
to advertise when dumps are incomplete.

Readers may note that this does not initialize the
rdev->bss_generation counter to a non-zero value. This is
still OK since the value is modified only under spinlock
when the list is modified. Since the dump code holds the
spinlock, the value will either be > 0 already, or the
list will still be empty in which case a consistent dump
will actually be made (and be empty).

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-22 16:09:47 -04:00
John W. Linville
c48b1f729a Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rxon.c
	drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/pci.c
2011-06-10 14:26:12 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
57a27e1d6a nl80211: fix overflow in ssid_len
When one of the SSID's length passed in a scan or sched_scan request
is larger than 255, there will be an overflow in the u8 that is used
to store the length before checking.  This causes the check to fail
and we overrun the buffer when copying the SSID.

Fix this by checking the nl80211 attribute length before copying it to
the struct.

This is a follow up for the previous commit
208c72f4fe, which didn't fix the problem
entirely.

Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-07 14:19:07 -04:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
180cdc79c2 cfg80211: skip disabled channels on channel survey
The channel survey information will be empy for
disabled channels so simply discard those entries.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-01 15:36:30 -04:00
Wey-Yi Guy
71063f0e89 nl80211: add testmode dump support
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.

Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-01 15:12:28 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
208c72f4fe nl80211: fix check for valid SSID size in scan operations
In both trigger_scan and sched_scan operations, we were checking for
the SSID length before assigning the value correctly.  Since the
memory was just kzalloc'ed, the check was always failing and SSID with
over 32 characters were allowed to go through.

This was causing a buffer overflow when copying the actual SSID to the
proper place.

This bug has been there since 2.6.29-rc4.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-26 15:43:28 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
a2cd43c52a nl80211: remove some stack variables in trigger_scan and start_sched_scan
Some stack variables (name *ssid and *channel) are only used to define
the size of the memory block that needs to be allocated for the
request structure in the nl80211_trigger_scan() and
nl80211_start_sched_scan() functions.

This is unnecessary because the sizes of the actual elements in the
structure can be used instead.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-19 13:54:17 -04:00
Javier Cardona
57cf8043a6 nl80211: Move peer link state definition to nl80211
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE.  They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-16 14:10:49 -04:00
Johannes Berg
7527a782e1 cfg80211: advertise possible interface combinations
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).

When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).

Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-16 14:10:40 -04:00
Johannes Berg
56d1893d94 cfg80211: restrict AP beacon intervals
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.

Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-12 14:10:47 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
bbe6ad6dcb cfg80211/nl80211: add interval attribute for scheduled scans
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 15:12:27 -04:00
Luciano Coelho
807f8a8c30 cfg80211/nl80211: add support for scheduled scans
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload.  With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.

The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.

Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface.  When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events.  The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.

Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 15:12:26 -04:00
Javier Cardona
1833d81a12 mac80211: allow setting supported rates on mesh peers
This is necessary for userspace managed stations.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:50:36 -04:00
Thomas Pedersen
8429828ec9 nl80211: allow setting MFP flag for a meshif
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:44:47 -04:00
Thomas Pedersen
ff973af74a nl80211: allow installing keys for a meshif
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:44:47 -04:00
Javier Cardona
9c3990aaec nl80211: Let userspace drive the peer link management states.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:44:46 -04:00
Javier Cardona
b130e5cec9 nl80211: Introduce NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.

Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel.  From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).

These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace.  The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:37:47 -04:00
Johannes Berg
ff1b6e69ad nl80211/cfg80211: WoWLAN support
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.

Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-05 14:59:19 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
0e579d6a8f nl80211: Fix set_key regression with some drivers
Commit dbd2fd656f added a mechanism for
user space to indicate whether a default key is being configured for
only unicast or only multicast frames instead of all frames. This
commit added a driver capability flag for indicating whether separate
default keys are supported and validation of the set_key command based
on that capability.

However, this single capability flag is not enough to cover possible
difference based on mode (AP/IBSS/STA) and the way this change was
introduced resulted in a regression with drivers that do not indicate
the new capability (i.e.., more or less any non-mac80211 driver using
cfg80211) when using a recent wpa_supplicant snapshot.

Fix the regression by removing the new check which is not strictly
speaking needed. The new separate default key functionality is needed
only for RSN IBSS which has a separate capability indication.

Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-05 14:59:16 -04:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
ebe27c91af {mac|nl}80211: Add station connected time
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues

Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-12 16:58:47 -04:00
Javier Cardona
c93b5e717e nl80211: New notification to discover mesh peer candidates.
Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh
peer candidate for whom no sta information exists.  Userspace can then
decide to create a sta info for the candidate.  If userspace is not
ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info
with the authenticated flag unset and set it later.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-12 16:57:39 -04:00
Javier Cardona
96b78dff03 nl80211/mac80211: Perform PLINK_ACTION on new station
Modify the NEW_STATION command to accept PLINK_ACTIONS, in case
userspace wants to create stations and initiate a peer link right away
(for authenticated stations) or create a blocked station (for
debugging).

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-12 16:57:39 -04:00
Javier Cardona
b39c48fac1 nl80211/mac80211: let userspace authenticate stations
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-12 16:57:38 -04:00
Javier Cardona
15d5dda623 cfg80211/nl80211: Add userspace authentication flag to mesh setup
During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create
a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace.

Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames
to userspace.  This is useful for forward compatibility between old
kernels and new userspace tools.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-12 16:57:37 -04:00
Javier Cardona
581a8b0fee nl80211: rename NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-12 16:57:37 -04:00
Paul Stewart
f4263c9857 nl80211: Add BSS parameters to station
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station.  This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.

[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-07 15:34:12 -04:00
Jouni Malinen
ec15e68ba6 cfg80211: Add nl80211 event for deletion of a station entry
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-30 14:15:18 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
c8dcfd8a04 cfg80211: add a field for the bitrate of the last rx data packet from a station
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-01 13:48:21 -05:00
Julia Lawall
efe1cf0c57 net/wireless/nl80211.c: Avoid call to genlmsg_cancel
genlmsg_cancel subtracts some constants from its second argument before
calling nlmsg_cancel.  nlmsg_cancel then calls nlmsg_trim on the same
arguments.  nlmsg_trim tests for NULL before doing any computation, but a
NULL second argument to genlmsg_cancel is no longer NULL due to the initial
subtraction.  Nothing else happens in this execution, so the call to
genlmsg_cancel is simply unnecessary in this case.

The semantic match that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

// <smpl>
@@
expression data;
@@

if (data == NULL) { ...
* genlmsg_cancel(..., data);
  ...
  return ...;
}
// </smpl>

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-01-28 15:46:23 -05:00
Bruno Randolf
39fd5de447 nl80211: Export available antennas
Export the information which antennas are available for configuration as TX or
RX antennas via nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-20 14:49:47 -05:00
Bruno Randolf
7f531e03ab cfg80211: Separate available antennas for RX and TX
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-20 14:46:58 -05:00
Javier Cardona
c7108a7111 mac80211: Send mesh non-HWMP path selection frames to userspace
Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to
userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.  Also allow userspace to send
and receive mesh path selection frames.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-20 14:46:58 -05:00
Javier Cardona
c80d545da3 mac80211: Let userspace enable and configure vendor specific path selection.
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative.  Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons.  This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-20 14:46:57 -05:00
Javier Cardona
24bdd9f4c9 mac80211: Rename mesh_params to mesh_config to prepare for mesh_setup
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-20 14:46:57 -05:00
Jouni Malinen
cf4e594ea7 nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.

This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-16 15:22:30 -05:00
Johannes Berg
a293911d4f nl80211: advertise maximum remain-on-channel duration
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-15 17:03:56 -05:00
Johannes Berg
dbd2fd656f cfg80211/nl80211: separate unicast/multicast default TX keys
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.

Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-13 15:23:28 -05:00
Bruno Randolf
a7ffac9591 cfg80211: Add antenna availability information
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.

Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.

The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>

--
v3:	always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).

v2:	reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-13 15:23:27 -05:00
Helmut Schaa
50b12f597b cfg80211: Add new BSS attribute ht_opmode
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.

Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-08 15:38:43 -05:00
Bruno Randolf
541a45a142 nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.

This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.

--
v2:	fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-07 16:09:12 -05:00
Johannes Berg
29cbe68c51 cfg80211/mac80211: add mesh join/leave commands
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.

Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.

We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.

In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.

Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-06 16:01:29 -05:00
Johannes Berg
bd90fdcc5f nl80211: refactor mesh parameter parsing
I'm going to need this in a new place later.

Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-06 16:01:29 -05:00
Johannes Berg
f9e10ce4cf cfg80211: require add_virtual_intf to return new dev
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.

Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-06 16:01:28 -05:00
Javier Cardona
45904f2165 nl80211/mac80211: define and allow configuring mesh element TTL
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames.  Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-06 16:01:28 -05:00
Johannes Berg
f7ca38dfe5 nl80211/cfg80211: extend mgmt-tx API for off-channel
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.

However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-29 15:24:35 -05:00
Johannes Berg
c063dbf52b cfg80211: allow using CQM event to notify packet loss
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-24 16:19:36 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
dd5b4cc71c cfg80211/mac80211: improve ad-hoc multicast rate handling
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
  (reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-24 16:19:35 -05:00
John W. Linville
d7a066c923 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-2.6 2010-11-24 16:19:24 -05:00
John W. Linville
ccb1435401 Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average"
This reverts commit 86107fd170.

This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-24 16:18:36 -05:00
Bruno Randolf
86107fd170 nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.

This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-18 14:22:20 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
885a46d0f7 cfg80211: add support for setting the ad-hoc multicast rate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-16 16:39:08 -05:00
Bruno Randolf
afe0cbf875 cfg80211: Add nl80211 antenna configuration
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.

The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.

Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.

Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.

802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.

Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.

While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:

1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).

2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).

3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>

--
v7:	Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-16 16:37:05 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
3cc25e510d cfg80211: fix a crash in dev lookup on dump commands
IS_ERR and PTR_ERR were called with the wrong pointer, leading to a
crash when cfg80211_get_dev_from_ifindex fails.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 16:53:47 -05:00
Felix Fietkau
8610c29a2c cfg80211: add channel utilization stats to the survey command
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-11 15:04:20 -04:00
Johannes Berg
388ac775be cfg80211: constify WDS address
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-07 14:41:28 -04:00
Johannes Berg
43b19952de nl80211: use new genl helpers for WDS
Bill Jordan's patch to allow setting the WDS
peer crossed with my patch removing all the
boilerplate code in nl80211, and consequently
he didn't make use of it yet. Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-07 14:41:27 -04:00
Bruno Randolf
b206b4ef06 nl80211/mac80211: Add retry and failed transmission count to station info
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.

Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-06 16:30:43 -04:00
Johannes Berg
d537f5fdfc nl80211: fix error in generic netif_running check
Yikes! The error return keeps a netdev reference
and the rdev mutex locked, fix that!

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-06 16:30:41 -04:00
Johannes Berg
e31b82136d cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-06 16:30:40 -04:00
Johannes Berg
6774889314 nl80211: reduce dumping boilerplate
Consolidate boilerplate code needed for .dumpit
calls operating on netdevs.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:37:51 -04:00
Johannes Berg
4126571481 nl80211: use generic check for netif_running
Use a new flag that requires the netdev to be
UP and use it to check instead of coding the
check into all functions that require it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:37:51 -04:00
Johannes Berg
4c47699106 nl80211: use the new genetlink pre/post_doit hooks
This makes nl80211 use the new genetlink
pre_doit/post_doit hooks for locking and
checking the interface/wiphy index.

This significantly reduces the code size
and the likelihood of locking errors.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:37:51 -04:00
Bill Jordan
e8347ebad2 cfg80211: patches to allow setting the WDS peer
Added a nl interface to set the peer bssid of a WDS interface.

Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:24 -04:00
Johannes Berg
2234362c42 cfg80211: fix locking
Add missing unlocking of the wiphy in set_channel,
and don't try to unlock a non-existing wiphy in
set_cqm.

Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.35+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:23 -04:00
Johannes Berg
663fcafd97 cfg80211/mac80211: allow management frame TX in AP mode
Enable management frame transmission and subscribing
to management frames through nl80211 in both cfg80211
and mac80211. Also update a few places that I forgot
to update for P2P-client mode previously, and fix a
small bug with non-action frames in this API.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:23 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
17e5a80828 nl80211: allow drivers to indicate whether the survey data channel is in use
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-10-05 13:35:22 -04:00
Johannes Berg
93b0523802 cfg80211: always set IBSS basic rates
IBSS started from wireless extensions is currently
missing basic rate configuration, fix this by moving
the code to generate the default to the common code
that gets invoked for both nl80211 and wext.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-28 15:47:58 -04:00
Teemu Paasikivi
92e44948b2 nl80211: Fix exit from nl80211_set_power_save
If interface does not existk, when nl80211_set_power_save is called, (eg.
module has been unloaded) it has been causing kernel panic. Added new
goto target to avoid crash if get_rdev_dev_by_info_ifindex does not
return dev and rdev pointers.

Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-27 15:57:47 -04:00
Johannes Berg
074ac8df9f cfg80211/nl80211: introduce p2p device types
This adds P2P-STA and P2P-GO as device types so
we can distinguish between those and normal STA
or AP (respectively) type interfaces.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-16 15:46:06 -04:00
Bill Jordan
a1e567c83f nl80211: Uninitialized variable
There is a path in nl80211_set_wiphy where result is tested but
uninitialized.

I am hitting this path when I attempt:

sh# iw dev wlan0 set channel 10
command failed: Unknown error 1069727332 (-1069727332)

Signed-off-by: William Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-09-14 16:08:03 -04:00
Johannes Berg
c0692b8fe2 cfg80211: allow changing port control protocol
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.

Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
      for AP implementation.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-27 13:27:07 -04:00
Johannes Berg
74b70a4e38 nl80211: fix missing nesting
commit 95a6ccbb46c70cff376684c752831c014c87029d
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date:   Thu Aug 12 15:38:38 2010 +0200

    cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing

introduced a netlink bug that caused parsing errors
in userspace because it forgot to close a nesting,
which would advertise a nesting length of zero to
userspace, which then completely threw off parsing
and led to

	Illegal nla->nla_type == 0

being printed by libnl.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-25 14:34:56 -04:00
Johannes Berg
2e161f78e5 cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.

With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-24 16:27:56 -04:00
Johannes Berg
afea0b7af7 cfg80211: check if WEP is available for shared key auth
When shared key auth is requested, cfg80211
should verify that the device is capable of
WEP crypto which is required.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-08-16 16:45:22 -04:00
Yuri Ershov
d080e2755d nl80211: Fix memory leaks
In case of errors during message composing msg should be freed after canceling.

Signed-off-by: Yuri Kululin <ext-yuri.kululin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-28 16:24:01 -04:00
John W. Linville
e300d955de Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_cmd.h
2010-07-13 15:57:29 -04:00
Jiri Slaby
60ea385ff2 NET: nl80211, fix lock imbalance and netdev referencing
Stanse found that nl80211_set_wiphy imporperly handles a lock and netdev
reference and contains unreachable code. It is because there return statement
isntead of assignment to result variable. Fix that.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-07-07 15:48:18 -04:00
David S. Miller
05318bc905 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas/host.h
2010-07-01 17:34:14 -07:00
Juuso Oikarinen
98d2ff8bec nl80211: Add option to adjust transmit power
This patch adds transmit power setting type and transmit power level attributes
to NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY in order to facilitate adjusting of the transmit power
level of the device.

The added attributes allow selection of automatic, limited or fixed transmit
power level, with the level definable in signed mBm format.

Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-24 15:42:37 -04:00
David S. Miller
bb9c03d8a6 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 2010-06-17 14:19:06 -07:00
Jiri Pirko
f350a0a873 bridge: use rx_handler_data pointer to store net_bridge_port pointer
Register net_bridge_port pointer as rx_handler data pointer. As br_port is
removed from struct net_device, another netdev priv_flag is added to indicate
the device serves as a bridge port. Also rcuized pointers are now correctly
dereferenced in br_fdb.c and in netfilter parts.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-06-15 11:48:58 -07:00
Teemu Paasikivi
fbd2c8dcbc mac80211: Set basic rates while joining ibss network
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.

Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-14 15:39:34 -04:00
Johannes Berg
9d38d85de0 cfg80211/mac80211: allow action frame TX/RX in IBSS
When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX
cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer,
or for public action frames. Also, while at it,
restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier
to add this for other interface types in the future.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-14 15:38:16 -04:00
Johannes Berg
252aa631f8 cfg80211: make action channel type optional
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-02 16:13:27 -04:00
Johannes Berg
579d7534ca cfg80211: add missing braces
Specifying a valid channel type will get
goto out rather than continuing, due to
missing braces. This affects both remain
on channel and action frame TX commands.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-21 14:40:01 -04:00
John W. Linville
cc755896a4 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ar9170/main.c
2010-05-11 14:24:55 -04:00
Johannes Berg
f444de05d2 cfg80211/mac80211: better channel handling
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.

In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.

The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).

Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.

mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.

One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.

Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):

 * different HT/no-HT modes

   currently you could start an HT AP and then
   connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
   which would configure the hardware for no HT;
   that can be fixed fairly easily

 * CSA

   An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
   might indicate switching channels, and in that
   case we would follow it, regardless of how many
   other interfaces are operating; this requires
   more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-07 14:55:50 -04:00
John W. Linville
83163244f8 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas_tf/cmd.c
	drivers/net/wireless/libertas_tf/main.c
2010-05-05 16:14:16 -04:00
Felix Fietkau
fd8aaaf351 cfg80211: add ap isolation support
This is used to configure APs to not bridge traffic between connected stations.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 16:09:21 -04:00
John W. Linville
5c01d56693 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linville/wireless-next-2.6 into for-davem
Conflicts:
	Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt
	drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath5k/phy.c
	drivers/net/wireless/wl12xx/wl1271_main.c
2010-04-15 16:21:34 -04:00